WO2017114096A1 - Method and base station for configuring wireless access point - Google Patents

Method and base station for configuring wireless access point Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017114096A1
WO2017114096A1 PCT/CN2016/108546 CN2016108546W WO2017114096A1 WO 2017114096 A1 WO2017114096 A1 WO 2017114096A1 CN 2016108546 W CN2016108546 W CN 2016108546W WO 2017114096 A1 WO2017114096 A1 WO 2017114096A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
access point
type
user terminal
mobility set
base station
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2016/108546
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王建中
Original Assignee
深圳市金立通信设备有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 filed Critical 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司
Publication of WO2017114096A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017114096A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08Reselecting an access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0077Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link of access information of target access point

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method for configuring a wireless access point and a base station.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a method for configuring a wireless access point and a base station, which can improve the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the continuity of the wireless service and improving the processing efficiency of the wireless service.
  • a first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a method for configuring a wireless access point, which may include:
  • the access point mobility set includes a connection of each of the at least one wireless access point.
  • Inbound information the first type of access point mobility set is a default configured access point mobility set, and the second type of access point mobility set is the connection configured for the user terminal Into the move set.
  • a second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a base station, which may include:
  • a mobile set obtaining unit configured to acquire a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set
  • a mobile set output unit configured to output the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or output the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling to enable the user terminal Receiving and configuring the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
  • the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the first type of access point mobility set is the default configured access point movement.
  • the set, the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal.
  • the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or
  • the second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling
  • the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of another method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart diagram of still another method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of still another method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an example of a method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of still another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a user terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another user terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of still another user terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method for configuring a wireless access point may be applied to a scenario in which an access point mobility set is configured for a user terminal in a served cell, for example, the base station acquires a first type of access point mobility set or a second. a type of access point mobility set, the base station outputs the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling, or outputs the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling, The user terminal receives and configures the first type of access point movement set or the second type of access point movement set, and the like, so that the user terminal can be in the process of moving by using the access point movement set.
  • the access point mobile set automatically detects and connects the wireless access point, which improves the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the continuity of the wireless service, improving the processing efficiency of the wireless service, and simultaneously, through broadcast signaling.
  • the mode broadcasts the first type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, saves signaling overhead, and uses unicast signaling to the user. End of the transmission of the second type of access point moves set to meet the business needs of different user terminals, effectively guarantee the efficiency and process quality wireless services.
  • the user terminal may include a computer, a tablet computer, a smart phone, and a pen.
  • a terminal device having a wireless internet function such as a computer, a palmtop computer, and a mobile internet device (MID);
  • the cell served by the base station may include a licensed frequency band area and an unlicensed frequency band area, where the authorized frequency band area indicates authorized communication operation
  • the area where the wireless network band used by the quotient is located that is, the area covered by the LTE network, for example, a 3G network, a 4G network, etc.
  • the unlicensed band area indicates an area where an unauthorized wireless network band is located, that is, a WLAN coverage area. region.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1 , the embodiment of the present invention describes a specific process of a method for configuring a wireless access point from a base station side, and the method may include the following steps S101 to S102.
  • the base station may acquire a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set.
  • the base station may obtain operation and maintenance management for the first type of access point mobility set.
  • OAM Operaation Administration and Maintenance
  • a first type of access point mobility set generated by the device, the OAM device may be able to access multiple (eg, all) wireless accesses in the unlicensed band region based on pre-configured packet conditions.
  • the points are grouped to generate a first type of access point mobility set, and the first type of access point mobility set is transmitted to the base station; or the base station may be based on pre-configured grouping conditions, Multiple wireless access points in the licensed band region are grouped to generate a first type of access point move set.
  • the pre-configured grouping condition may include at least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and historical information of the distribution area, the distribution area being used to indicate the plurality of The location of each wireless access point or the distributed area, etc., for example, a crowded commercial area, etc.; the historical information of the distribution area is used to indicate the traffic of the distribution area history Information, etc.
  • the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second type of access point movement.
  • the terminal information that is a grouping condition of the second type of access point mobility set may be physical mobility information of the user terminal, and the physical mobility information of the user terminal may include a moving direction of the user terminal. And moving tracks.
  • the access point mobility set described in this document includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point may include However, it is not limited to the Service Set Identifier (SSID), the Basic Service Set Identifier (BSSID), and the Homogenous Extended Service ID of each of the wireless access points.
  • Set Identifier, HESSID at least one of the above three;
  • the access point mobility set of the first type is the access point mobility set configured by default, that is, the default can be allocated for the user terminal of the access cell.
  • the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal, that is, an access point mobility set configured for a user terminal requiring wireless service value addition .
  • the number of access point movement sets of the first type and the number of access point movement sets of the second type may both be one or more, specifically by the grouping conditions on which the grouping is based. Decide.
  • the advantage of increasing the access point mobility set is that when the user terminal moves between multiple wireless access point ranges within the mobile set, the access point moves to the access network side (eg E-UTRAN, ie Evolved UMTS)
  • the Terrestrial Radio Access Network is transparent, and the user terminal does not need to inform the base station (such as an eNB or an eNodeB) of the above movement.
  • one wireless local area network terminal there may be one or more access point mobility sets, and multiple wireless access points under one access point mobility set share one wireless local area network terminal.
  • one user terminal can connect to and communicate with at most one access point move set at a time.
  • S102 Output, by using broadcast signaling, the first type of access point mobility set or output the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling;
  • the base station may output the first type of access point mobility set to the user terminal included in the served cell by means of broadcast signaling, where the broadcast signaling is preferably a system information block (System Information Block). SIB) signaling, etc., by broadcasting the first type of access point mobility set, it is possible to separately configure one access point mobility set for the user terminal in the cell separately, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • SIB System Information Block
  • the base station may output the second type of access point mobility set to a user terminal that needs to add value to the wireless service by means of unicast signaling, and the unicast signaling is preferably a unicast radio resource control protocol (Radio Resource) Control, RRC) signaling, by using unicast signaling to transmit the second type of access point mobility set, can meet the service requirements of different user terminals in the served cell, Effectively ensure the processing efficiency and processing quality of wireless services.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the user terminal when the user terminal performs handover between the access point mobility groups belonging to the same first type or the access point mobility groups belonging to the same second type of access point, the user terminal may not need to be subjected to the base station. Control, that is, without signaling interaction with the base station, saving signaling overhead; and wireless in an access point mobile set that does not belong to the same first type of access point or does not belong to the same second type of access point mobile set When switching between access points, it needs to be controlled by the base station.
  • the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or
  • the second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling
  • the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the embodiment of the present invention describes a specific process of a method for configuring a wireless access point from a base station side, and the method may include the following steps S201 to S208.
  • the base station may acquire a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set.
  • the base station may acquire an OAM device generation.
  • the OAM device may group multiple wireless access points in an unlicensed frequency band region based on pre-configured packet conditions to generate a first type of access point mobility set Transmitting, to the base station, the first type of access point mobility set; or, the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on pre-configured packet conditions, to Generate a first type of access point move set.
  • the pre-configured grouping conditions may include At least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points and a history information of the distribution area in the unlicensed band area, the distribution area being used to represent each of the plurality of wireless access points The location where the access point is located or the area to be distributed, etc., for example, a crowded commercial area or the like; the historical information of the distribution area is used to indicate flow information of the distribution area history and the like.
  • the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second type of access point movement.
  • the terminal information that is a grouping condition of the second type of access point mobility set may be physical mobility information of the user terminal, and the physical mobility information of the user terminal may include a moving direction of the user terminal. And moving tracks.
  • the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point may include but is not limited to The SSID, the BSSID, and the HESSID of each of the wireless access points;
  • the first type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured by default, that is, the default may be allocated to the user terminal of the access cell.
  • the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal, that is, an access point mobile configured for a user terminal requiring wireless service value addition set.
  • the number of access point movement sets of the first type and the number of access point movement sets of the second type may both be one or more, specifically by the grouping conditions on which the grouping is based. Decide.
  • the base station may establish a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal in advance.
  • the base station may establish a connection connection with the wireless local area network terminal through the Xw interface to implement the base station and the wireless A communication connection between the local area network terminals is established, wherein the Xw interface is a fixed communication interface between the base station and the wireless local area network terminal.
  • the base station acquires access point information of a plurality of wireless access points in an unlicensed frequency band region to the wireless local area network terminal based on a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal.
  • 3GPP Third Generation Partnership Project
  • 3GPP Third Generation Partnership Project
  • 3GPP Third Generation Partnership Project
  • 3GPP Third Generation Partnership Project
  • 3GPP wireless local area network interoperability mainly concentrated in the core network level
  • 3GPP The Access Network Discovery And Selection Function
  • the ANDSF can respond to the request of the user terminal to access the network selection, and formulate the optimal according to the location reported by the user terminal and the preference of the user to select the network.
  • the network selection policy assists the user terminal in discovering the available wireless access points and assists the user terminal in selecting the wireless access point, thereby realizing effective traffic distribution.
  • the ANDSF's network selection strategy does not take into account the channel quality and load conditions of the wireless network. Therefore, in order to solve the aforementioned problems, the following three solutions are proposed:
  • the radio access network can provide auxiliary information to the user terminal accessing the wireless access point through the public channel or the dedicated channel, and the user terminal can use the auxiliary information provided by the RAN and the wireless measured by the user terminal.
  • the RAN provides the network selection and the traffic data shunting rules.
  • the RAN provides the user terminal with the parameter threshold to be used in the traffic distribution rule through the public channel or the dedicated channel.
  • the user terminal can use the shunting rule provided by the RAN.
  • the service data is offloaded to the 3GPP or the WLAN.
  • the RAN can provide auxiliary information to the user terminal accessing the wireless access point through the public channel or the dedicated channel. If the ANDSF is supported, the user terminal can obtain the auxiliary information provided by the RAN, the wireless local area network information measured by the user terminal, and the The policy obtained by the ANDSF or the predefined policy, the service data is offloaded to the 3GPP or the wireless local area network; if the ANDSF is not supported, the user terminal can offload the service data to the 3GPP or the wireless local area network according to the offloading rule provided by the RAN.
  • the base station in the RAN acquires access point information of multiple wireless access points
  • the base station can only acquire through the OAM device or the pre-configured mode, and when there is new wireless access.
  • the base station cannot obtain the latest state of the current wireless access point in time and dynamically. Therefore, by establishing a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal, multiple wireless accesses connected to the wireless local area network terminal can be obtained in time and dynamically.
  • the latest state of the point further improves the connection efficiency with the wireless access point and ensures the timeliness of service data offloading.
  • S202 Acquire a terminal parameter of the user terminal, and determine, according to the terminal parameter, a signaling transmission manner for the user terminal.
  • the base station may further acquire a terminal parameter uploaded by the user terminal, where the terminal parameter used in the present document is used to indicate a signaling capability that the user terminal can receive, and the base station determines, according to the terminal parameter, that the terminal parameter is The signaling mode of the user terminal is the output mode of the broadcast signaling or the output mode of the unicast signaling.
  • the base station may further acquire a terminal parameter uploaded by the user terminal, where the terminal parameter used in the present document is used to indicate a signaling capability that the user terminal can receive, and the base station determines, according to the terminal parameter, that the terminal parameter is The signaling mode of the user terminal is the output mode of the broadcast signaling or the output mode of the unicast signaling.
  • the capabilities may include the ability of the user terminal to accept signaling. User terminals of a certain capability may not be able to support the acceptance of unicast signaling.
  • the user terminal may generate a report about its own capability, and the capability report may include whether the user terminal has information supporting unicast signaling capability.
  • the base station may query the capabilities of the user terminal, and the user terminal generates a corresponding capability report based on the query and sends the capability report to the base station.
  • the user terminal can be within the coverage of multiple base stations (eg, eNodeBs). One of the base stations may be selected to serve the user terminal.
  • the base station of the service can be selected based on various criteria such as received power, path loss, signal to noise ratio (SNR), and the like.
  • the base station is a base station designated to serve the user terminal on the downlink and/or uplink.
  • a base station as used herein generally refers to a base station serving the user terminal.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the execution sequence of step S201 and step S202.
  • the user terminal may simultaneously send the The terminal information and the terminal parameters of the user terminal, or the execution order of the first terminal parameter, and the second terminal information are all within the protection scope of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • S203 Output, by using broadcast signaling, the first type of access point mobility set or output the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling;
  • the base station may output the first type of access point mobility set to the user terminal included in the served cell by means of broadcast signaling, where the broadcast signaling is preferably SIB signaling, etc.
  • the first type of access point mobility set is broadcasted, and it is not necessary to separately configure one access point mobility set for the user terminals in the cell, which saves signaling overhead.
  • the base station may output the second type of access point mobility set to a user terminal that needs to add value for the wireless service by means of unicast signaling, where the unicast signaling is preferably unicast RRC signaling, by using a single
  • the method of signaling is used to transmit the second type of access point mobility set, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals in the served cell, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
  • the user terminal when the user terminal performs handover between the access point mobility groups belonging to the same first type or the access point mobility groups belonging to the same second type of access point, the user terminal may not need to be subjected to the base station. Control, that is, no signaling interaction with the base station, saving signaling overhead; When the access point of the same first type of mobile station moves or does not belong to the same type of access point, the access point needs to be controlled by the base station.
  • the base station when the base station outputs the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or outputs the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling, Outputting, by using broadcast signaling, a first mobility set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set or using unicast signaling to output a second mobility set identifier of the second type of access point mobility set
  • the mobile set identifiers described throughout this document can be used to identify and distinguish different mobile sets, for example, the identifiers of the first mobile set and the second mobile set are different.
  • the move set identifier can be an index, a sequence, or a flag.
  • the first mobility set identifier and the second mobility set identifier may also be related to the base station identifier or may be generated according to the associated base station identifier to save the codeword.
  • the first mobility set identifier and the second mobility set identifier may include a base station identifier of a base station to which the access point mobility set belongs.
  • the base station identifiers referred to throughout this document can be used to identify and distinguish different base stations.
  • step S205 if the base station receives at least one of the priority information, the network startup state, and the physical mobility change information transmitted by the user terminal, or if the base station detects the location update information of the wireless access point, And access point change information such as access information may be transferred to step S205; if the base station receives the user terminal to perform access point switching, the process proceeds to step S207.
  • the base station may receive the location update information of the wireless access point and/or when receiving the at least one of the priority information, the network startup state, and the physical mobility change information transmitted by the user terminal.
  • the access point change information such as information is accessed
  • the first type is triggered.
  • the access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set is updated to generate an updated access type first access point mobility set or an updated processing second type access point mobility set .
  • the user terminal may send the priority information of the user terminal to the base station, where the base station acquires the priority information of the user terminal, and may detect the priority information of the user terminal,
  • the priority information may include any one of the first priority and the second priority. If the priority information is the first priority, it indicates that the user terminal performs the processing of the service demand value in advance, and needs to The user terminal having the first priority provides a dedicated service service, and the base station may further group the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the terminal information of the user terminal to generate the first update process.
  • the second type of access point mobility set if the priority information is the second priority, it indicates that the user terminal does not perform the service demand value addition, and only needs to satisfy the basic service service, that is, no need to generate New access point move set;
  • the user terminal may send a network startup state of the current user terminal to the base station, where the base station acquires a network startup state of the user terminal, where the network startup state is represented.
  • the base station may further group the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second Updating the processed second type of access point move set;
  • the user terminal may determine, according to the physical movement information of the user terminal, the current moving direction and the moving trajectory of the user terminal, when the moving direction and/or the moving trajectory occurs.
  • the physical mobility change information may be generated based on the changed physical mobility information, where the user terminal may send the physical mobility change information to the base station, where the base station acquires physical mobility change information of the user terminal, and And re-grouping the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the physical movement change information to generate a second type of access point movement set after the third update process;
  • the priority information, the network startup state, and the physical mobility change information transmitted by the user terminal multiple combinations may be performed, for example, when the priority information of the user terminal is used.
  • the first priority, and the network startup state is represented by the user terminal, when the convergence of the LTE network and the wireless local area network is enabled, and then triggering the base station to generate the second type of access point movement set after the update processing, etc.
  • the combination method can be set by the operator.
  • the base station detects the presence in the unlicensed frequency band region.
  • the location update information of the first wireless access point the base station may move the set of the first type of access points according to the location of the first wireless access point indicated by the location update information
  • the second type of access point mobility set performs a fourth update process
  • the base station detects, in the unlicensed frequency band region, access information of the second wireless access point, where the base station may be according to the second indicated by the access information.
  • the location of the wireless access point performs a fifth update process on the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the base station may use the broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set after the update processing or use the unicast signaling to output the second type access point mobility set after the update processing.
  • the base station may output, by using unicast signaling, the second type of access point mobility set after the first update processing, where the user terminal may adopt the first update process.
  • a second type of access point mobility set updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
  • the base station may output, by using unicast signaling, the second type of access point mobility set after the second update processing, where the user terminal may adopt the second update process.
  • a second type of access point mobility set updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
  • the base station may output, by using unicast signaling, a second type of access point mobility set after the third update process, where the user terminal may adopt the third update process.
  • a second set of access point move sets updating the configured first type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set;
  • the base station may use broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set after the fourth update processing or adopt unicast signaling to the second update processing second.
  • the access point movement set of the type is output, and the user terminal may adopt the first type of access point movement set after the fourth update processing or the second type of access point movement after the fourth update processing a set, updating the configured first type of access point move set or the second type of access point shift Mobility.
  • the base station may use the broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set after the fifth update processing or adopt the unicast signaling to the second after the fifth update processing.
  • the type of access point moves the set to be output, and the user terminal may adopt the fifth type of access point move set after the fifth update process or the fifth type of access point move after the second update process And updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the process of updating the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set configured by the foregoing update is preferably replacing the configured first type of access point.
  • the user terminal switches from the source wireless access point to the target wireless access point among the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band area, for example, as the user terminal moves,
  • the connection signal between the user terminal and the source wireless access point is gradually weakened. In this case, it is required to connect to a target wireless access point with a stronger signal.
  • the source wireless access point and the target wireless access point The points all belong to the wireless access point of the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band area, and the user terminal may send the target wireless to the base station after accessing the target wireless access point
  • the service data that is offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal is sent to the target wireless access point according to the access point information of the target wireless access point.
  • the base station may be configured to offload service data that belongs to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal or service data that has been offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal, And transmitting, according to the access point information of the target wireless access point, to the target wireless access point.
  • the user terminal In the process of the wireless access point switching, the user terminal actively reports the access of the switched wireless access point.
  • the point signal can accurately distribute the service data to the user terminal, further improving the processing efficiency of the wireless service, and effectively ensuring the continuity of the wireless service.
  • the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or
  • the second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling
  • the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, effectively guarantees the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service, and establishes a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal.
  • the latest state of the wireless access point connected to the wireless local area network terminal can be obtained in a timely and dynamic manner, further improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, ensuring the timeliness of service data offloading, and outputting the base station identifier by outputting to the user terminal Mobile set identifier, so that when the user terminal switches between base stations, it can be quickly determined
  • the currently accessed base station and accurately obtains the access point mobility set of the accessed base station, further improves the connection efficiency with the wireless access point; and actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point through the user terminal
  • the service data can be accurately distributed to the user terminal, which further improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service and effectively ensures the continuity of the wireless service.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart diagram of still another method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the embodiment of the present invention describes a specific process of a method for configuring a wireless access point from a user terminal, and the method may include the following steps S301 to S302.
  • S301 Receive a second type of access point mobility set that is output by the base station by using a first type of access point mobility set output by the base station or output by using unicast signaling.
  • the base station may output a first type of access point mobility set to the user terminal included in the served cell by means of broadcast signaling, where the broadcast signaling is preferably SIB signaling, etc.
  • a type of access point mobility set is broadcast, and it is not necessary to separately configure one access point mobility set for user terminals in the cell, which saves signaling overhead.
  • the base station may output a second type of access point mobility set to a user terminal that needs to add value for the wireless service by using unicast signaling, where the unicast signaling is preferably unicast RRC signaling, by using a unicast signal.
  • the method of transmitting the second type of access point mobility set can meet the service requirements of different user terminals in the served cell, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
  • the user terminal when the user terminal performs handover between the access point mobility groups belonging to the same first type or the access point mobility groups belonging to the same second type of access point, the user terminal may not need to be subjected to the base station. Control, that is, without signaling interaction with the base station, saving signaling overhead; and wireless in an access point mobile set that does not belong to the same first type of access point or does not belong to the same second type of access point mobile set When switching between access points, it needs to be controlled by the base station.
  • the user terminal may receive a first type of access point mobility set output by the base station by using a broadcast signaling, or output a second type of access point movement set output by using unicast signaling, and configure the first type of An access point move set or a second type of access point move set.
  • the base station may acquire a first type of access point mobility set generated by the OAM device, and the OAM device may perform non-authorization based on pre-configured grouping conditions.
  • Multiple wireless access points in the frequency band region are grouped to generate a first type of access point mobility set, and transmit the first type of access point mobility set to the base station; or the base station may A plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band region are grouped based on pre-configured grouping conditions to generate a first type of access point move set.
  • the pre-configured grouping condition may include at least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and historical information of the distribution area, the distribution area being used to indicate the plurality of The location of each wireless access point or the distributed area, etc., for example, a crowded commercial area, etc.; the historical information of the distribution area is used to indicate the traffic of the distribution area history Information, etc.
  • the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second type of access point movement.
  • the terminal information that is a grouping condition of the second type of access point mobility set may be physical mobility information of the user terminal, and the physical mobility information of the user terminal may include the The moving direction and moving trajectory of the user terminal.
  • the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point may include but is not limited to The SSID, the BSSID, and the HESSID of each of the access points;
  • the access point mobility set of the first type is a default set of the access point mobility set, that is, the user terminal of all the access cells may be allocated by default.
  • the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal, that is, an access point configured for a user terminal requiring wireless service value addition Move set. It can be understood that the number of access point movement sets of the first type and the number of access point movement sets of the second type may both be one or more, specifically by the grouping conditions on which the grouping is based. Decide.
  • the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or
  • the second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling
  • the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart diagram of still another method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the embodiment of the present invention describes a specific process of a method for configuring a wireless access point from a user terminal, and the method may include the following steps S401 to S407.
  • the user terminal may send the terminal parameter of the user terminal to the base station, where the terminal parameter is used to indicate the signaling capability that the user terminal can receive, and the base station determines, according to the terminal parameter, the user terminal.
  • the signaling transmission mode is an output mode of broadcast signaling or an output mode of unicast signaling.
  • future user terminals There may be multiple types, and the capabilities between different types of user terminals may be different, and the capabilities may include the ability of the user terminal to accept signaling. User terminals of a certain capability may not be able to support the acceptance of unicast signaling.
  • the user terminal may generate a report about its own capability, and the capability report may include whether the user terminal has information supporting unicast signaling capability.
  • the base station may query the capabilities of the user terminal, and the user terminal generates a corresponding capability report based on the query and sends the capability report to the base station.
  • the user terminal can be within the coverage of multiple base stations (eg, eNodeBs). One of the base stations may be selected to serve the user terminal.
  • the base station of the service can be selected based on various criteria such as received power, path loss, signal to noise ratio (SNR), and the like.
  • the base station is a base station designated to serve the user terminal on the downlink and/or uplink.
  • a base station as used herein generally refers to a base station serving the user terminal.
  • S402. Receive a second type of access point mobility set that is output by the base station by using a first type of access point mobility set output by the base station or output by using unicast signaling.
  • the base station may output a first type of access point mobility set to the user equipment included in the served cell by means of broadcast signaling, where the broadcast signaling is preferably SIB signaling, etc., by using the first type
  • the access point mobility set is broadcasted, and it is not necessary to separately configure one access point mobility set for the user terminals in the cell, which saves signaling overhead.
  • the base station may output a second type of access point mobility set to a user terminal that needs to add value for the wireless service by using unicast signaling, where the unicast signaling is preferably unicast RRC signaling, by using a unicast signal.
  • the method of transmitting the second type of access point mobility set can meet the service requirements of different user terminals in the served cell, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
  • the user terminal when the user terminal performs handover between the access point mobility groups belonging to the same first type or the access point mobility groups belonging to the same second type of access point, the user terminal may not need to be subjected to the base station. Control, that is, without signaling interaction with the base station, saving signaling overhead; and wireless in an access point mobile set that does not belong to the same first type of access point or does not belong to the same second type of access point mobile set When switching between access points, it needs to be controlled by the base station.
  • the user terminal may receive a second type of access point mobility set that is output by the base station using the first type of access point mobility set output by the base station or output by using unicast signaling.
  • the base station may acquire OAM a first type of access point mobility set generated by the device, the OAM device may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region to generate a first type of access point based on pre-configured packet conditions Moving the set and transmitting the first type of access point move set to the base station; or the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed band area based on pre-configured packet conditions To generate a first type of access point move set.
  • the pre-configured grouping condition may include at least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and historical information of the distribution area, the distribution area being used to indicate the plurality of The location of each wireless access point or the distributed area, etc., for example, a crowded commercial area, etc.; the historical information of the distribution area is used to indicate the traffic of the distribution area history Information, etc.
  • the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second type of access point movement.
  • the terminal information that is a grouping condition of the second type of access point mobility set may be physical mobility information of the user terminal, and the physical mobility information of the user terminal may include a moving direction of the user terminal. And moving tracks.
  • the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point may include but is not limited to The SSID, the BSSID, and the HESSID of each of the access points;
  • the access point mobility set of the first type is a default set of the access point mobility set, that is, the user terminal of all the access cells may be allocated by default.
  • the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal, that is, an access point configured for a user terminal requiring wireless service value addition Move set. It can be understood that the number of access point movement sets of the first type and the number of access point movement sets of the second type may both be one or more, specifically by the grouping conditions on which the grouping is based. Decide.
  • receiving the base station by using broadcast signaling When receiving the first type of access point mobility set output by the base station by using broadcast signaling or the second type of access point mobility set output by using unicast signaling, receiving the base station by using broadcast signaling output a first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set or a second mobile set identifier of the second type access point mobility set output by unicast signaling;
  • the base station when the base station outputs the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or outputs the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling, Outputting or extracting the first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling Outputting the second mobile set identifier of the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling, it may be understood that the first mobility set identifier and the second mobility set identifier include the access point The base station identifier of the base station to which the mobile set belongs.
  • the user terminal Receiving, by the user terminal, the broadcast signal received by the base station when receiving the first type of access point mobility set output by the base station by using the broadcast signaling or the second type of access point mobility set output by using the unicast signaling And causing the output of the first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set or the second mobile set identity of the second type of access point mobility set output by unicast signaling.
  • the user terminal can quickly locate the currently accessed base station when the user terminal switches between the base stations, and accurately acquire the access point mobile set of the accessed base station, further improving the The connection efficiency of the wireless access point.
  • the user terminal configures the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • step S405 if the user terminal transmits at least one of the priority information, the network startup state, and the physical mobility change information to the base station, or if the base station detects the location update information of the wireless access point And access point change information such as access information may be transferred to step S405; if the user terminal performs access point switching, the process proceeds to step S407.
  • S405. Receive an access point mobility set of the first type that is updated by the base station by using the broadcast signaling, or a second type of access point mobility set after the update processing by using the unicast signaling output.
  • the user terminal may transmit, to the base station, at least one of the priority information, the network startup state, and the physical mobility change information of the user terminal, or the base station detects the wireless access.
  • the base station may be triggered to update the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set. And generating an access point movement set of the first type after the update processing or updating the second type of access point movement set after the processing.
  • the user terminal may send the priority information of the user terminal to the base station, where the base station acquires the priority information of the user terminal, and may detect the priority information of the user terminal,
  • the priority information may include any one of the first priority and the second priority. If the priority information is the first priority, the user terminal needs to perform business requirements in advance.
  • the value-added processing needs to provide a dedicated service service to the user terminal having the first priority, and the base station may further group the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the terminal information of the user terminal, Generating a second type of access point mobility set after the first update process, where the user terminal may receive the second type of access point mobility set after the first update processing by the base station by using unicast signaling If the priority information is the second priority, it indicates that the user terminal does not perform the service demand value addition, and only needs to satisfy the basic service service, that is, it is not necessary to generate a new access point mobility set;
  • the user terminal may send a network startup state of the current user terminal to the base station, where the base station acquires a network startup state of the user terminal, where the network startup state is represented.
  • the base station may further group the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second And updating the processed access point movement set of the second type, the user terminal may receive the second type of access point movement set after the second update processing by the base station by using unicast signaling;
  • the user terminal may determine, according to the physical movement information of the user terminal, the current moving direction and the moving trajectory of the user terminal, when the moving direction and/or the moving trajectory occurs.
  • the physical mobility change information may be generated based on the changed physical mobility information, where the user terminal may send the physical mobility change information to the base station, where the base station acquires physical mobility change information of the user terminal, and And re-grouping the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the physical movement change information to generate a second type of access point movement set after the third update process, where the user terminal may receive the The third type of access point movement set after the third update processing is output by the base station by using the unicast signaling;
  • the priority information, the network startup state, and the physical mobility change information transmitted by the user terminal multiple combinations may be performed, for example, when the priority information of the user terminal is used.
  • the first priority, and the network startup state is represented by the user terminal, when the convergence of the LTE network and the wireless local area network is enabled, and then triggering the base station to generate the second type of access point movement set after the update processing, etc.
  • the combination method can be set by the operator.
  • the base station detects location update information of the first wireless access point in the unlicensed frequency band region, where the base station may be indicated according to the location update information.
  • the location of the first wireless access point is subjected to a fourth update process for the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and the user terminal may receive
  • the base station adopts the fourth update processing of the first type of access point mobility set output by the broadcast signaling or the second type of access point movement after the fourth update processing output by using unicast signaling set;
  • the base station detects, in the unlicensed frequency band region, access information of the second wireless access point, where the base station may be according to the second indicated by the access information. a location of the wireless access point, performing a fifth update process on the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, where the user terminal may receive the base station adopting a broadcast
  • S406 The first type of access point mobility set that is updated by the base station by using the broadcast signaling, or the second type of access point mobility set that is processed by using the unicast signaling output, and the update is configured.
  • the user terminal may adopt an access point mobility set of the first type that is updated by the base station by using the broadcast signaling, or a second type of access point after the update processing by using the unicast signaling output. Moving the set, updating the configured first type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set.
  • the user terminal may use the second type of access point mobility set after the first update process to update the configured first type access point mobility set or location.
  • the user terminal may use the second type of access point mobility set after the second update process to update the configured first type access point mobility set or location.
  • the second type of access point movement set is
  • the user terminal may use the third type of access point mobility set after the third update process to update the configured first type access point mobility set or The second type of access point movement set;
  • the user terminal may adopt the first type of access point mobility set after the fourth update process or the second type of access point mobility set after the fourth update process Updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the user terminal may adopt the first type of access point mobility set after the fifth update processing or the fifth type of access point mobility set after the second update process. And updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the process of updating the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set configured by the foregoing update is preferably replacing the configured first type of access point.
  • Step S407 After updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, if the user terminal performs an access point handover, the implementation is performed. Step S407.
  • the user terminal switches from the source wireless access point to the target wireless access point among the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band area, for example, as the user terminal moves,
  • the connection signal between the user terminal and the source wireless access point is gradually weakened. In this case, it is required to connect to a target wireless access point with a stronger signal.
  • the source wireless access point and the target wireless access point The points all belong to the wireless access point of the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band area, and the user terminal may send the target wireless to the base station after accessing the target wireless access point
  • the base station may be configured to offload service data that belongs to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal or service data that has been offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal, according to the The access point information of the target wireless access point is sent to the target wireless access point.
  • the user terminal actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point, so that the service data can be accurately distributed to the user terminal, thereby further improving the processing efficiency of the wireless service, and effectively guaranteeing The continuity of wireless services.
  • the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or Pick
  • the second type of access point mobility set is output by unicast signaling, and the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the user terminal can automatically detect and connect the wireless access point in the access point mobile set during the mobile process, thereby improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the wireless service. Continuity improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service.
  • the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, effectively guarantees the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service; and outputs the base station identifier by outputting to the user terminal.
  • the mobile set identifier enables the user terminal to quickly locate the currently accessed base station when the user terminal switches between the base stations, and accurately acquires the access point mobility set of the accessed base station, thereby further improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point; After the user terminal actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point, the service data can be made accurate. Split to the user terminal, to further improve the processing efficiency of wireless service, effectively ensures the continuity of the wireless services.
  • the area where the ellipse A is located is represented as the licensed frequency band area, and the area where the ellipse B is located is indicated as the unlicensed frequency band area, and the base station (FIG. 5 shows the LET eNB) can acquire the wireless local area network terminal based on the Xw interface with the wireless local area network terminal.
  • the access point information of multiple wireless access points connected and in the unlicensed frequency band area includes #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7,# 8, #9 and #10, access point information of 10 wireless access points.
  • the base station may acquire a first type of access point mobility set generated by an OAM device (not shown), and the OAM device may perform multiple radio accesses in an unlicensed frequency band region based on pre-configured packet conditions.
  • the points are grouped to generate a first type of access point mobility set, and the first type of access point mobility set is transmitted to the base station; or the base station may be based on pre-configured grouping conditions, Multiple wireless access points in the licensed band region are grouped to generate a first type of access point move set.
  • the pre-configured grouping condition may include at least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and historical information of the distribution area, the distribution area being used to indicate the plurality of The location or distribution of each wireless access point in each wireless access point A domain or the like, for example, a crowded commercial area or the like; the history information of the distribution area is used to indicate flow information of the distribution area history and the like.
  • three first types of access point movement sets are generated based on pre-configured grouping conditions, which may include (#1, #2, #3), (#4, #5). , #6, #7), (#8, #9, #10).
  • the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second type of access point movement.
  • the terminal information that is a grouping condition of the second type of access point mobility set may be physical mobility information of the user terminal, and the physical mobility information of the user terminal may include a moving direction of the user terminal. And moving tracks.
  • three second types of access point movement sets are generated based on the terminal information of the user terminal UE2, and may include (#1), (#2), (#3).
  • the user terminals UE1 and UE2 can report their respective terminal parameters to the base station, for example, the terminal parameter of UE1 indicates that the signaling that can only be received is broadcast signaling, and the terminal parameter of UE2 indicates that it can receive both broadcast signaling and unicast signaling.
  • the base station broadcast the first type of access point mobility set to UE1 and unicast the second type of access point mobility set to UE2. It can be understood that the priority of the second type of access point mobility set is Higher than the first type of access point mobility set, indicating that the second type of access point mobility set can provide a higher level of wireless service service for the user terminal.
  • UE1 receives and configures a first type of access point mobility set, and receives a mobile set identifier of a first type of access point mobility set sent by the base station, and UE2 receives and configures a second type of access point mobility set, and receives the base station.
  • the UE1 needs to send the access point information of the target wireless access point #7 to the base station, and the base station will offload to the source wireless access point #
  • the service data of 6 and belonging to UE1 is transmitted to the target wireless access point #7 according to the access point information of the target wireless access point #7, and the service data is transmitted to the UE1 by the target wireless access point #7.
  • UE2 switches from source wireless access point #1 to target wireless access point #2, UE2 needs to send the access point information of target wireless access point #2 to the base station, and the base station will offload to source wireless access point #1
  • the service data belonging to UE2 is transmitted to the target wireless access point #2 according to the access point information of the target wireless access point #2, and the service data is transmitted to the UE2 by the target wireless access point #7.
  • the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or Pick
  • the second type of access point mobility set is output by unicast signaling, and the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the user terminal can automatically detect and connect the wireless access point in the access point mobile set during the mobile process, thereby improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the wireless service. Continuity improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service.
  • the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, effectively guarantees the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service, and establishes a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal.
  • the latest state of the wireless access point connected to the wireless local area network terminal can be obtained in a timely and dynamic manner, further improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, ensuring the timeliness of service data offloading, and outputting the base station identifier by outputting to the user terminal Mobile set identifier, so that when the user terminal switches between base stations, it can be quickly determined
  • the currently accessed base station and accurately obtains the access point mobility set of the accessed base station, further improves the connection efficiency with the wireless access point; and actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point through the user terminal
  • the service data can be accurately distributed to the user terminal, which further improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service and effectively ensures the continuity of the wireless service.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 6 and FIG. It should be noted that the base stations shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 are used to perform the method of the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 of the present invention. For the convenience of description, only the parts related to the embodiment of the present invention are shown. For specific technical details not disclosed, please refer to the embodiment shown in Figs. 1 and 2 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station 1 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a mobile set acquisition unit 101 and a mobile set output unit 102.
  • a mobile set obtaining unit 101 configured to acquire a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set;
  • the mobility set obtaining unit 101 may acquire a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set, and preferably, for the first type of access point mobility set, The mobile set obtaining unit 101 may acquire a first type of access point movement set generated by the OAM device, The OAM device may group multiple wireless access points in an unlicensed frequency band region based on pre-configured grouping conditions to generate a first type of access point mobility set, and connect the first type of access a point move set transmission to the base station 1; or, the move set acquisition unit 101 may group a plurality of wireless access points in an unlicensed band area based on pre-configured packet conditions to generate a first type of connection Into the move set.
  • the pre-configured grouping condition may include at least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and historical information of the distribution area, the distribution area being used to indicate the plurality of The location of each wireless access point or the distributed area, etc., for example, a crowded commercial area, etc.; the historical information of the distribution area is used to indicate the traffic of the distribution area history Information, etc.
  • the mobility set obtaining unit 101 may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second type of The access point movement set, the terminal information as a grouping condition of the second type of access point movement set may be physical movement information of the user terminal, and the physical movement information of the user terminal may include the user The direction of movement and movement of the terminal.
  • the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point may include but is not limited to The SSID, the BSSID, and the HESSID of each of the wireless access points;
  • the first type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured by default, that is, the default may be allocated to the user terminal of the access cell.
  • the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal, that is, an access point mobile configured for a user terminal requiring wireless service value addition set.
  • the number of access point movement sets of the first type and the number of access point movement sets of the second type may both be one or more, specifically by the grouping conditions on which the grouping is based. Decide.
  • the mobile set output unit 102 is configured to output the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or output the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling;
  • the mobile set output unit 102 may output the first type of access point mobility set to the user terminal included in the served cell by means of broadcast signaling, where the broadcast signaling is preferably an SIB letter.
  • broadcast signaling is preferably an SIB letter.
  • the mobile set output unit 102 may output the second type of access point mobility set to a user terminal that needs to add value to the wireless service by means of unicast signaling, and the unicast signaling is preferably unicast RRC signaling.
  • the unicast signaling is preferably unicast RRC signaling.
  • the base station may not need to be subjected to the base station 1 Control, that is, without signaling interaction with the base station 1, saving signaling overhead; and moving in an access point that does not belong to the same first type of access point or does not belong to the same second type of access point When switching between wireless access points, it needs to be controlled by the base station 1.
  • the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or
  • the second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling
  • the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station 1 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a mobile set obtaining unit 101, a moving set output unit 102, a first moving set generating unit 103, a second moving set generating unit 104, and a third moving set.
  • the mobile set obtaining unit 101 is configured to acquire a first type of access point mobile set or a second type of access Inbound move set;
  • the mobility set obtaining unit 101 may acquire a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set, and preferably, for the first type of access point mobility set,
  • the mobile set obtaining unit 101 may acquire a first type of access point mobility set generated by the OAM device, and the OAM device may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on pre-configured grouping conditions. Generating a first type of access point move set and transmitting the first type of access point move set to the base station 1; or, the move set acquisition unit 101 may be based on a pre-configured grouping condition, Multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed band area are grouped to generate a first type of access point move set.
  • the pre-configured grouping condition may include at least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and historical information of the distribution area, the distribution area being used to indicate the plurality of The location of each wireless access point or the distributed area, etc., for example, a crowded commercial area, etc.; the historical information of the distribution area is used to indicate the traffic of the distribution area history Information, etc.
  • the mobility set obtaining unit 101 may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second type of The access point movement set, the terminal information as a grouping condition of the second type of access point movement set may be physical movement information of the user terminal, and the physical movement information of the user terminal may include the user The direction of movement and movement of the terminal.
  • the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point may include but is not limited to The SSID, the BSSID, and the HESSID of each of the wireless access points;
  • the first type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured by default, that is, the default may be allocated to the user terminal of the access cell.
  • the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal, that is, an access point mobile configured for a user terminal requiring wireless service value addition set.
  • the number of access point movement sets of the first type and the number of access point movement sets of the second type may both be one or more, specifically by the grouping conditions on which the grouping is based. Decide.
  • the base station 1 may establish a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal in advance.
  • the base station 1 may establish a connection process with the wireless local area network terminal by constructing an Xw interface through the Xw interface to implement the base station 1 and Establishing a communication connection between the wireless local area network terminals, wherein The Xw interface is a fixed communication interface between the base station 1 and the wireless local area network terminal.
  • the base station 1 acquires access point information of a plurality of wireless access points in an unlicensed frequency band region to the wireless local area network terminal based on a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal.
  • 3GPP introduces ANDSF, and the ANDSF can respond to user terminal access network selection.
  • the request according to the location reported by the user terminal and the preference of the user to select the network, formulate an optimal network selection policy, assist the user terminal to discover surrounding wireless access points, and assist the user terminal in selecting the wireless access point, thereby realizing Effective diversion of business data.
  • the ANDSF's network selection strategy does not take into account the channel quality and load conditions of the wireless network. Therefore, in order to solve the aforementioned problems, the following three solutions are proposed:
  • the RAN may provide auxiliary information to the user terminal accessing the wireless access point through a public channel or a dedicated channel, and the user terminal may use the auxiliary information provided by the RAN, the wireless local area network information measured by the user terminal, and the policy obtained from the ANDSF or Pre-defined policies to offload business data to 3GPP or wireless LAN;
  • the RAN provides the network selection and the traffic data shunting rules.
  • the RAN provides the user terminal with the parameter threshold to be used in the traffic distribution rule through the public channel or the dedicated channel.
  • the user terminal can use the shunting rule provided by the RAN.
  • the service data is offloaded to the 3GPP or the WLAN.
  • the RAN can provide auxiliary information to the user terminal accessing the wireless access point through the public channel or the dedicated channel. If the ANDSF is supported, the user terminal can obtain the auxiliary information provided by the RAN, the wireless local area network information measured by the user terminal, and the The policy obtained by the ANDSF or the predefined policy, the service data is offloaded to the 3GPP or the wireless local area network; if the ANDSF is not supported, the user terminal can offload the service data to the 3GPP or the wireless local area network according to the offloading rule provided by the RAN.
  • the base station 1 in the RAN acquires access point information of multiple wireless access points
  • the base station 1 can only acquire through the OAM device or the pre-configured mode, and when there is a new wireless connection.
  • the base station 1 cannot obtain the latest state of the current wireless access point in time and dynamically. Therefore, by establishing a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal, multiple wireless connections connected to the wireless local area network terminal can be obtained in time and dynamically.
  • the latest state of the access point further enhances wireless access
  • the connection efficiency of the point ensures the timeliness of traffic data distribution.
  • the mode determining unit 108 is configured to acquire a terminal parameter of the user terminal, and determine a signaling transmission manner for the user terminal according to the terminal parameter;
  • the mode determining unit 108 may further acquire a terminal parameter that is uploaded by the user terminal, where the terminal parameter is used to indicate a signaling capability that the user terminal can receive, and the mode determining unit 108 determines according to the terminal parameter.
  • the signaling transmission mode is an output mode of broadcast signaling or an output mode of unicast signaling.
  • the capabilities may include the ability of the user terminal to accept signaling.
  • User terminals of a certain capability may not be able to support the acceptance of unicast signaling.
  • the user terminal may generate a report about its own capability, and the capability report may include whether the user terminal has information supporting unicast signaling capability.
  • the base station may query the capabilities of the user terminal, and the user terminal generates a corresponding capability report based on the query and sends the capability report to the base station.
  • the user terminal can be within the coverage of multiple base stations (eg, eNodeBs).
  • One of the base stations may be selected to serve the user terminal.
  • the base station of the service can be selected based on various criteria such as received power, path loss, signal to noise ratio (SNR), and the like.
  • the base station is a base station designated to serve the user terminal on the downlink and/or uplink.
  • a base station as used herein generally refers to a base station serving the user terminal.
  • the mobile set output unit 102 is configured to output the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or output the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling;
  • the mobile set output unit 102 may output the first type of access point mobility set to the user terminal included in the served cell by means of broadcast signaling, where the broadcast signaling is preferably an SIB letter.
  • broadcast signaling is preferably an SIB letter.
  • the mobile set output unit 102 may output the second type of access point mobility set to a user terminal that needs to add value to the wireless service by means of unicast signaling, and the unicast signaling is preferably unicast RRC signaling. Transmitting a second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling, The service requirements of different user terminals in the served cell can be satisfied, and the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service are effectively guaranteed.
  • the base station may not need to be subjected to the base station 1 Control, that is, without signaling interaction with the base station 1, saving signaling overhead; and moving in an access point that does not belong to the same first type of access point or does not belong to the same second type of access point When switching between wireless access points, it needs to be controlled by the base station 1.
  • the first mobility set generating unit 103 is configured to acquire priority information of the user terminal, and perform multiple wireless connections in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the priority information and the terminal information of the user terminal.
  • the ingress points are grouped to generate a second type of access point movement set after the first update process;
  • the mobile set output unit 102 is further configured to output, by using unicast signaling, the second type of access point mobility set after the first update processing;
  • the user terminal may send the priority information of the user terminal to the base station 1 for the priority information, where the first mobility set generating unit 103 acquires the priority information of the user terminal, and may detect the The priority information of the user terminal, the priority information may include any one of the first priority and the second priority, and if the priority information is the first priority, indicating that the user terminal performs the service in advance The processing of the value-added needs to provide a dedicated service service to the user terminal having the first priority.
  • the first mobility set generating unit 103 can connect multiple wireless connections in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the terminal information of the user terminal.
  • the ingress point is grouped again to generate a second type of access point mobility set after the first update process, and the mobility set output unit 102 may use unicast signaling to access the second type of access after the first update process.
  • Point moving set for output the user terminal may use the second type of access point movement set after the first update processing, and update the configured a type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set; if the priority information is the second priority, it indicates that the user terminal does not perform the service demand value addition, and only needs to meet
  • the basic business service is OK, that is, there is no need to generate a new access point move set.
  • the second mobility set generating unit 104 is configured to acquire a network startup state of the user terminal, and perform multiple wireless connections in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the network startup state and the terminal information of the user terminal.
  • the ingress points are grouped to generate a second type of access point movement set after the second update process;
  • the mobile set output unit 102 is further configured to output, by using unicast signaling, the second type of access point mobility set after the second update processing;
  • the user terminal may send a network startup state of the current user terminal to the base station 1, and the second mobility set generation unit 104 acquires a network startup state of the user terminal.
  • the second mobility set generating unit 104 may use the terminal information of the user terminal to the unlicensed frequency band region.
  • the wireless access points are grouped again to generate a second type of access point movement set after the second update process, and the mobile set output unit 102 can use the unicast signaling to process the second type after the second update.
  • the access point movement set is outputted, and the user terminal may use the second type of access point movement set after the second update process to update the configured first type access point movement set or location The second type of access point move set.
  • the third mobility set generating unit 105 is configured to acquire physical mobility change information of the user terminal, and group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the physical mobility change information, to Generating a second type of access point movement set after the third update process;
  • the mobile set output unit 102 is further configured to output, by using unicast signaling, a second type of access point mobility set after the third update process;
  • the user terminal may determine the moving direction and the moving trajectory of the current user terminal based on the physical movement information of the user terminal, when the moving direction and/or the moving trajectory occur.
  • the physical movement change information may be generated based on the changed physical movement information
  • the user terminal may send the physical movement change information to the base station 1, and the third movement set generation unit 105 acquires the user terminal The physical movement change information, and grouping the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the physical movement change information to generate a second type of access point movement set after the third update processing
  • the mobile set output unit 102 may output the second type of access point move set after the third update process by using unicast signaling, and the user terminal may adopt the second type of the third update process.
  • Inbound mobile set updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point shift Set.
  • the priority information, the network startup state, and the physical mobility change information transmitted by the user terminal multiple combinations may be performed, for example, when The priority information of the user terminal is a first priority, and the network startup state is represented by the user terminal after triggering the convergence of the LTE network and the wireless local area network, and then triggering the corresponding unit of the base station 1 to generate an update process.
  • the second type of access point mobility set, etc., the specific combination manner can be set by the operator.
  • the first mobility set update unit 106 is configured to detect location update information of the first wireless access point in the unlicensed frequency band region, according to the first wireless connection indicated by the location update information. a location of the in-point, performing a fourth update process on the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
  • the mobile set output unit 102 is further configured to output, by using broadcast signaling, the first type of access point mobility set after the fourth update processing or use the unicast signaling to perform the second type of access after the fourth update process.
  • the first mobility set update unit 106 detects location update information of the first wireless access point in the unlicensed frequency band region, and the first mobility set update unit 106 may And determining, by the location update information, a location of the first wireless access point, performing fourth update processing on the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set
  • the mobile set output unit 102 may output the first type of access point mobility set after the fourth update processing by using broadcast signaling or use the unicast signaling to perform the second type of access after the fourth update processing.
  • the point move set is output, and the user terminal may use the first type of access point move set after the fourth update process or the second type of access point move set after the fourth update process, and update the location The configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the second mobility set update unit 107 is configured to detect, in the unlicensed frequency band region, access information of the second wireless access point, according to the second wireless connection indicated by the access information. a location of the in-point, performing a fifth update process on the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
  • the mobile set output unit 102 is further configured to output, by using broadcast signaling, the first type of access point mobility set after the fifth update processing or use the unicast signaling to perform the second type of access after the fifth update processing.
  • the second mobility set update unit 107 detects that there is access information of the second wireless access point in the unlicensed frequency band region, and the second mobile set update unit 107: Perform, according to the location of the second wireless access point indicated by the access information, the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set
  • the mobile set output unit 102 may use the broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set after the fifth update processing or adopt the unicast signaling to the second type after the fifth update processing.
  • the access point moves the set to be output, and the user terminal may adopt the fifth type of access point move set after the fifth update process or the fifth type of access point move set after the second update process And updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the identifier output unit 109 is configured to use broadcast when the first type of access point mobility set is output by using broadcast signaling or when the second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling. Signaling outputting a first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set or outputting a second mobility set identifier of the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling;
  • the identifier output unit 109 uses the broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or adopts unicast signaling to the second type in the mobile set output unit 102.
  • the first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set is outputted by using broadcast signaling or the second type of access point is moved by using unicast signaling.
  • the second mobile set identifier of the set is outputted.
  • the first mobile set identifier and the second mobile set identifier include the base station identifier of the base station 1 to which the access point mobility set belongs, and the base station identifier is output to the user terminal.
  • the identified mobile set identifier enables the user terminal to quickly locate the currently accessed base station 1 when the user terminal switches between the base stations 1, and accurately acquires the access point mobile set of the accessed base station 1, further improving the wireless access point. Connection efficiency.
  • the identifier output unit 109 may further update the processed mobile set identifier of the first type of access point move set or adopt the unicast signaling pair to update the processed second type access point move set.
  • the mobile set identifier is output, and the manner of the mobile set identifier output may be the same as the above output manner, and details are not described herein.
  • the access point information receiving unit 110 is configured to receive the user terminal when the user terminal switches from the source wireless access point to the target wireless access point among the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region. Sending access point information of the target wireless access point;
  • the user terminal when the user terminal switches from a source wireless access point to a target wireless access point among multiple wireless access points in an unlicensed frequency band region, for example, as the user terminal moves,
  • the connection signal between the user terminal and the source wireless access point is gradually weakened. In this case, it is required to connect to a target wireless access point with a stronger signal.
  • the source wireless access point is connected to the target wirelessly.
  • the ingress points belong to the wireless access points of the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band area, and the user terminal may send the the wireless access point to the base station 1 after accessing the target wireless access point.
  • the access point information of the target wireless access point, the access point information receiving unit 110 acquires the access point information of the target wireless access point sent by the user terminal.
  • the data sending unit 111 is configured to send service data that is offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal, and send the access point information of the target wireless access point to the target wireless access point. ;
  • the data sending unit 111 may be configured to offload traffic data that belongs to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal or that has been offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal.
  • the service data is sent to the target wireless access point according to the access point information of the target wireless access point.
  • the user terminal actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point, so that the service data can be accurately distributed to the user terminal, thereby further improving the processing efficiency of the wireless service, and effectively guaranteeing The continuity of wireless services.
  • the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or
  • the second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling
  • the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, effectively guarantees the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service, and establishes a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal.
  • the latest state of the wireless access point connected to the wireless local area network terminal can be obtained in a timely and dynamic manner, further improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, ensuring the timeliness of service data offloading, and outputting the base station identifier by outputting to the user terminal Mobile set identifier, so that when the user terminal switches between base stations, it can be quickly determined Currently accessed base station, and accurately obtain The access point mobility set of the accessed base station is further improved, and the connection efficiency with the wireless access point is further improved.
  • the user terminal actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point, so that the service data can be accurately distributed to The user terminal further improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service and effectively ensures the continuity of the wireless service.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station includes at least one processor 801, such as a CPU, an input device 803, an output device 804, a memory 805, and at least one communication bus 802.
  • the communication bus 802 is used to implement connection communication between these components.
  • the memory 805 may be a high speed RAM memory or a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk memory.
  • the memory 805 can also optionally be at least one storage device located remotely from the aforementioned processor 801.
  • the processor 801 can be combined with the base station described in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7.
  • the memory 805 stores a set of program codes, and the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 for performing the following operations:
  • the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the first type of access point mobility set is the default configured access point movement.
  • the set, the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal.
  • processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 to perform control of the input device 803 to acquire the first type of access point movement set, the following operations are specifically performed:
  • the pre-configured packet condition includes a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band region At least one of a distribution area and historical information of the distribution area;
  • the terminal information is physical movement information of the user terminal.
  • the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 and also performs the following operations:
  • the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 and also performs the following operations:
  • the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 and also performs the following operations:
  • the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 and also performs the following operations:
  • Controlling by the output device 804, the first update type access point movement set after the fourth update processing by using broadcast signaling or using the unicast signaling to the fourth type of access point moving set after the fourth update processing Outputting, so that the user terminal adopts the fourth type of access point movement set after the fourth update process or the second type of access point movement set after the fourth update process, and updates the configured A first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set.
  • the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 and also performs the following operations:
  • the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 to perform control.
  • the output device 804 outputs the first type of access point move set by using broadcast signaling or adopts unicast. Before signaling the output of the second type of access point move set, the following operations are also performed:
  • the signaling transmission mode is an output mode of broadcast signaling or an output mode of unicast signaling.
  • the capabilities may include the ability of the user terminal to accept signaling.
  • User terminals of a certain capability may not be able to support the acceptance of unicast signaling.
  • the user terminal may generate a report about its own capability, and the capability report may include whether the user terminal has information supporting unicast signaling capability.
  • the base station may query the capabilities of the user terminal, and the user terminal generates a corresponding capability report based on the query and sends the capability report to the base station.
  • the user terminal can be within the coverage of multiple base stations (eg, eNodeBs).
  • One of the base stations may be selected to serve the user terminal.
  • the base station of the service can be selected based on various criteria such as received power, path loss, signal to noise ratio (SNR), and the like.
  • the base station is a base station designated to serve the user terminal on the downlink and/or uplink.
  • a base station as used herein generally refers to a base station serving the user terminal.
  • the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 and also performs the following operations:
  • Controlling the output device 804 to output the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or outputting the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling The output device 804 outputs the first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or the second mobile set of the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling. The identification is output;
  • the first mobility set identifier and the second mobility set identifier include a base station identifier of a base station to which the access point mobility set belongs.
  • the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 and also performs the following operations:
  • Controlling by the output device 804, traffic data that is offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal, and is sent to the target wireless connection according to the access point information of the target wireless access point. Entry point.
  • the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or
  • the second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling
  • the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, effectively guarantees the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service, and establishes a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal.
  • the latest state of the wireless access point connected to the wireless local area network terminal can be obtained in a timely and dynamic manner, further improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, ensuring the timeliness of service data offloading, and outputting the base station identifier by outputting to the user terminal Mobile set identifier, so that when the user terminal switches between base stations, it can be quickly determined
  • the currently accessed base station and accurately obtains the access point mobility set of the accessed base station, further improves the connection efficiency with the wireless access point; and actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point through the user terminal
  • the service data can be accurately distributed to the user terminal, which further improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service and effectively ensures the continuity of the wireless service.
  • FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 The user terminal provided by the embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 9 and FIG. It should be noted that the user terminal shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 is used to perform the method of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 of the present invention. For the convenience of description, only the embodiment related to the embodiment of the present invention is shown. In part, specific technical details are not disclosed, please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a user terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user terminal 2 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a mobile set receiving unit 21 and a mobile set configuration unit 22.
  • a mobile set receiving unit 21 configured to receive a first type of access point mobility set output by the base station by using a broadcast signaling, or a second type of access point mobility set output by using unicast signaling;
  • a mobile set configuration unit 22 configured to configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set
  • the base station may output a first type of access point mobility set to the user terminal 2 included in the served cell by means of broadcast signaling, where the broadcast signaling is preferably SIB signaling, etc.
  • the first type of access point mobility set is broadcasted, and it is not necessary to separately configure one access point mobility set for the user terminal 2 in the cell, which saves signaling overhead.
  • the mobile set receiving unit 21 receives the broadcasted first set of access point movement sets, and the mobile set configuration unit 22 performs configuration based on the first type of access point movement set;
  • the base station may output a second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal 2 that needs to add value for the wireless service by means of unicast signaling, and the unicast signaling is preferably unicast RRC signaling, by using unicast
  • the signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals 2 in the served cell, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
  • the base station 2 may not need to be subjected to the base station. Control, that is, no need to perform signaling interaction with the base station, which saves signaling overhead; and does not belong to the same first type of access point mobile set or does not belong to the same second type of access point mobile set When switching between wireless access points, it needs to be controlled by the base station.
  • the mobile set receiving unit 21 may receive a first type of access point mobility set output by the base station using broadcast signaling for output or a second type of access point mobility set output by using unicast signaling, the mobile set configuration Unit 22 configures the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the base station may acquire a first type of access point mobility set generated by the OAM device, and the OAM device may perform non-authorization based on pre-configured grouping conditions.
  • Multiple wireless access points in the frequency band region are grouped to generate a first type of access point mobility set, and transmit the first type of access point mobility set to the base station; or the base station may A plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band region are grouped based on pre-configured grouping conditions to generate a first type of access point move set.
  • the pre-configured grouping condition may include a distribution area of the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and a calendar of the distribution area At least one of the history information, the distribution area is used to indicate a location or a distributed area of each of the plurality of wireless access points, for example, a crowded commercial area, etc.
  • the history information of the distribution area is used to indicate flow information and the like of the history of the distribution area.
  • the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal 2 to generate a second type of access point.
  • the mobile set, the terminal information as a grouping condition of the second type of access point mobility set may be physical mobility information of the user terminal 2, and the physical mobility information of the user terminal 2 may include the user terminal 2 moving direction and moving track.
  • the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point may include but is not limited to The SSID, the BSSID, and the HESSID of each of the wireless access points;
  • the first type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured by default, that is, the user terminal 2 of the access cell may be allocated by default.
  • the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal 2, that is, configured for the user terminal 2 requiring wireless service value addition Into the move set.
  • the number of access point movement sets of the first type and the number of access point movement sets of the second type may both be one or more, specifically by the grouping conditions on which the grouping is based. Decide.
  • the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or
  • the second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling
  • the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another user terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user terminal 2 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a mobile set receiving unit 21, a mobile set configuration unit 22, a priority information transmitting unit 23, a status transmitting unit 24, a mobile information sending unit 25, and parameters.
  • a parameter sending unit 26 configured to send a terminal parameter of the user terminal 2 to the base station
  • the parameter sending unit 26 may send the terminal parameter of the user terminal 2 to the base station, where the terminal parameter is used to indicate the signaling capability that the user terminal 2 can receive, and the base station according to the terminal parameter Determining a signaling transmission manner for the user terminal 2, where the signaling transmission mode is an output manner of broadcast signaling or an output manner of unicast signaling.
  • a mobile set receiving unit 21 configured to receive a first type of access point mobility set output by the base station by using a broadcast signaling, or a second type of access point mobility set output by using unicast signaling;
  • the base station may output a first type of access point mobility set to the user terminal 2 included in the served cell by means of broadcast signaling, where the broadcast signaling is preferably SIB signaling, etc.
  • a type of access point mobility set is broadcast, and it is not necessary to separately configure one access point mobility set for the user terminal 2 in the cell, which saves signaling overhead.
  • the mobile set receiving unit 21 receives the broadcasted first set of access point movement sets;
  • the base station may output a second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal 2 that needs to add value for the wireless service by means of unicast signaling, and the unicast signaling is preferably unicast RRC signaling, by using unicast
  • the signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals 2 in the served cell, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
  • the base station 2 may not need to be subjected to the base station. Control, that is, no need to perform signaling interaction with the base station, which saves signaling overhead; and does not belong to the same first type of access point mobile set or does not belong to the same second type of access point mobile set When switching between wireless access points, it needs to be controlled by the base station.
  • the mobile set receiving unit 21 may receive a second type of access point mobility set that is output by the base station using the first type of access point mobility set output by the base station or output by using unicast signaling.
  • the base station may acquire OAM a first type of access point mobility set generated by the device, the OAM device may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region to generate a first type of access point based on pre-configured packet conditions Moving the set and transmitting the first type of access point move set to the base station; or the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed band area based on pre-configured packet conditions To generate a first type of access point move set.
  • the pre-configured grouping condition may include at least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and historical information of the distribution area, the distribution area being used to indicate the plurality of The location of each wireless access point or the distributed area, etc., for example, a crowded commercial area, etc.; the historical information of the distribution area is used to indicate the traffic of the distribution area history Information, etc.
  • the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal 2 to generate a second type of access point.
  • the mobile set, the terminal information as a grouping condition of the second type of access point mobility set may be physical mobility information of the user terminal 2, and the physical mobility information of the user terminal 2 may include the user terminal 2 moving direction and moving track.
  • the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point may include but is not limited to The SSID, the BSSID, and the HESSID of each of the wireless access points;
  • the first type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured by default, that is, the user terminal 2 of the access cell may be allocated by default.
  • the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal 2, that is, configured for the user terminal 2 requiring wireless service value addition Into the move set.
  • the number of access point movement sets of the first type and the number of access point movement sets of the second type may both be one or more, specifically by the grouping conditions on which the grouping is based. Decide.
  • a mobile set configuration unit 22 configured to configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set
  • the mobility set configuration unit 22 configures the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the priority information sending unit 23 is configured to send the priority information of the user terminal 2 to the base station;
  • the mobile set receiving unit 21 is further configured to receive, by the base station, the second type of access point movement set after the first update processing by using unicast signaling;
  • the mobile set configuration unit 22 is further configured to: update the configured access point mobility set of the first type or the second type by using the second type of access point mobility set after the first update processing Access point move set;
  • the priority information sending unit 23 may send the priority information of the user terminal 2 to the base station, and the base station acquires the priority information of the user terminal 2, and may detect the The priority information of the user terminal 2, the priority information may include any one of a first priority and a second priority, and if the priority information is the first priority, the user terminal 2 is indicated For the processing of the value-added service in advance, it is necessary to provide a dedicated service service to the user terminal 2 having the first priority, and the base station can access multiple wireless accesses in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the terminal information of the user terminal 2.
  • the points are grouped again to generate a second type of access point movement set after the first update process, and the mobile set receiving unit 21 may receive the first update process after the base station outputs the unicast signaling.
  • a second type of access point mobility set the mobility set configuration unit 22 adopting the second type of access point mobility set after the first update processing, and updating the configured a type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set; if the priority information is the second priority, it indicates that the user terminal 2 does not perform the service demand value addition, only Satisfy basic business services, that is, no need to generate new access point move sets.
  • the status sending unit 24 is configured to send, to the base station, a network startup state of the user terminal 2;
  • the mobile set receiving unit 21 is further configured to receive the second type of access point mobility set after the second update processing by the base station by using unicast signaling;
  • the mobile set configuration unit 22 is further configured to: use the second type of access point move set after the second update process, to update the configured first type access point move set or the second type Access point move set;
  • the status sending unit 24 may send a network startup status of the current user terminal 2 to the base station, where the base station acquires a network startup status of the user terminal 2, when The network startup state is represented by the user terminal 2, when the convergence of the LTE network and the wireless local area network is enabled, the base station may be based on the terminal information of the user terminal 2
  • the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area are grouped again to generate a second type of access point move set after the second update process, and the move set receiving unit 21 can receive the base station to use the unicast message.
  • the movement set configuration unit 22 adopts the second type of access point movement set after the second update processing, and updates the configured The first type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set.
  • the mobile information sending unit 25 is configured to send physical mobility change information of the user terminal 2 to the base station;
  • the mobile set receiving unit 21 is further configured to receive, according to the third update processing, the second type of access point movement set that is output by the base station by using unicast signaling;
  • the mobile set configuration unit 22 is further configured to: use the third type of access point mobility set after the third update process, to update the configured first type access point mobility set or the second type Access point move set;
  • the user terminal 2 may determine the moving direction and the moving trajectory of the current user terminal 2 based on the physical movement information of the user terminal 2, when the moving direction and/or When the movement trajectory changes, the physical movement change information may be generated based on the changed physical movement information, and the mobile information transmission unit 25 may send the physical movement change information to the base station, where the base station acquires the user terminal 2 The physical movement change information, and grouping the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the physical movement change information to generate a second type of access point movement set after the third update processing,
  • the mobile set receiving unit 21 may receive the third type of access point movement set after the third update processing output by the base station by using unicast signaling, and the mobile set configuration unit 22 adopts the third update processing. a second type of access point move set, updating the configured first type of access point move set or the second type Mobile access point set.
  • the priority information is the first priority
  • the network startup status is represented by the user terminal 2 triggering the second type of access point movement set after the base station generates the update process when the convergence of the LTE network and the wireless local area network is enabled.
  • Etc. The specific combination can be set by the operator.
  • the mobile set configuration unit 22 is further configured to: when the base station detects the location update information of the first wireless access point in the unlicensed frequency band region, use the base station to adopt broadcast signaling output.
  • the base station detects location update information of the first wireless access point in the unlicensed frequency band region, and the base station may be configured according to the location indicated by the location update information.
  • the mobility set configuration unit 22 may receive the The second type of access point movement set after the fourth update processing by the base station or the second type of access point movement set after the fourth update processing is output by using the unicast signaling, Updating the configured first type of access point by using the first type of access point mobility set after the fourth update process or the second type of access point mobility set after the fourth update process Moving set or the second type of access point move set.
  • the mobile set configuration unit 22 is further configured to: when the base station detects the presence of the access information of the second wireless access point in the unlicensed frequency band region, the base station uses the broadcast signaling output The first type of access point movement set after the fifth update processing or the second type of access point movement set after the fifth update processing output by unicast signaling, updating the configured a type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set;
  • the base station detects, in the unlicensed frequency band region, access information of the second wireless access point, where the base station may be according to the second indicated by the access information. a location of the wireless access point, performing a fifth update process on the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, the mobility set configuration unit 22 may receive the The base station adopts the fifth update processing of the first type of access point mobility set that is output by the broadcast signaling or the second type of access point mobility set that is output by using the unicast signaling, Updating the configured first type of access point by using the fifth type of access point movement set after the fifth update process or the fifth type of access point movement set after the second update process Moving set or the second type of access point move set.
  • An identifier receiving unit 27 configured to receive the first type of the base station that uses broadcast signaling output Receiving, by an access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set output by unicast signaling, receiving a first mobility set of the first type of access point mobility set output by the base station by using broadcast signaling Identifying or using a second mobile set identifier of the second type of access point mobility set output by unicast signaling;
  • the base station when the base station outputs the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or outputs the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling, Simultaneously using the broadcast signaling to output the first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set or using unicast signaling to perform the second mobile set identifier of the second type of access point mobility set Output, it can be understood that the first mobility set identifier and the second mobility set identifier comprise base station identifiers of base stations to which the access point mobility set belongs.
  • the identifier receiving unit 27 receives, at the mobile set receiving unit 21, a first type of access point mobility set that the base station outputs by using broadcast signaling or a second type of access point mobility set that is output by using unicast signaling. Receiving, by the base station, a first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set output by the base station, or a second type of access point mobility set output by using unicast signaling Two mobile set identifiers. By outputting the mobile set identifier including the identifier of the base station to the user terminal 2, the user terminal 2 can quickly locate the currently accessed base station when the user terminal 2 switches between the base stations, and accurately acquire the access point mobile set of the accessed base station, further improving The connection efficiency with the wireless access point.
  • the identifier receiving unit 27 may further receive the mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set after the base station sends the update processing by using the broadcast signaling, or after the update processing by using the unicast signaling output.
  • the mobile set identifier of the second type of access point mobility set, the manner of receiving the mobile set identifier may be the same as the manner of receiving the foregoing, and details are not described herein.
  • the access point information sending unit 28 is configured to: when the user terminal 2 switches from the source wireless access point to the target wireless access point among the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band area, to the base station Sending access point information of the target wireless access point;
  • the user terminal 2 switches from a source wireless access point to a target wireless access point among multiple wireless access points in an unlicensed frequency band region, for example, along with the user terminal 2 Moving, the connection signal of the user terminal 2 and the source wireless access point is gradually weakened, and at this time, it is required to connect to a target wireless access point with a stronger signal, etc.
  • the source wireless access point and the The target wireless access points belong to the wireless access points of the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region, and the access point information sending unit 28 can access the target wireless device at the user terminal 2 After the access point, the office
  • the base station sends the access point information of the target wireless access point, and the base station acquires the access point information of the target wireless access point sent by the user terminal 2.
  • the base station may be configured to offload service data that belongs to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal 2 or service data that has been offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal 2, according to
  • the access point information of the target wireless access point is sent to the target wireless access point.
  • the user terminal 2 actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point, so that the service data can be accurately distributed to the user terminal 2, thereby further improving the processing efficiency of the wireless service, and effectively The continuity of wireless services is guaranteed.
  • the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or
  • the second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling
  • the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, effectively guarantees the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service; and outputs the base station identifier by outputting to the user terminal.
  • the mobile set identifier enables the user terminal to quickly locate the currently accessed base station when the user terminal switches between the base stations, and accurately acquires the access point mobility set of the accessed base station, thereby further improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point; After the user terminal actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point, the service data can be made accurate. Split to the user terminal, to further improve the processing efficiency of wireless service, effectively ensures the continuity of the wireless services.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of still another user terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user terminal includes at least one processor 1101, such as a CPU, an input device 1103, an output device 1104, a memory 1105, and at least one communication bus 1102.
  • the communication bus 1102 is used to implement connection communication between these components.
  • the memory 1105 may be a high-speed RAM memory or a non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk. Memory.
  • the memory 1105 can also optionally be at least one storage device located remotely from the aforementioned processor 1101.
  • the processor 1101 can be combined with the user terminal described in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, a set of program codes is stored in the memory 1105, and the processor 1101 calls the program code stored in the memory 1105 for performing the following operations:
  • the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the first type of access point mobility set is the default configured access point movement.
  • the set, the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal.
  • the processor 1101 calls the program code stored in the memory 1105 and also performs the following operations:
  • the ingress is grouped to generate a second type of access point mobility set after the first update process, where the terminal information is physical mobility information of the user terminal;
  • the inbound mobility set updates the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the processor 1101 calls the program code stored in the memory 1105 and also performs the following operations:
  • the ingress is grouped to generate a second type of access point mobility set after the second update process, where the terminal information is physical mobility information of the user terminal;
  • Controlling by the input device 1103, the second type of access point movement set after the second update processing that is output by the base station by using the unicast signaling, and adopting the second type of connection after the second update processing Inbound movement set, updating the configured first type of access point movement set or the second type Access point move set.
  • the processor 1101 calls the program code stored in the memory 1105 and also performs the following operations:
  • the inbound mobility set updates the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the processor 1101 calls the program code stored in the memory 1105 and also performs the following operations:
  • the base station detects that the location update information of the first wireless access point exists in the unlicensed frequency band region, the first type of connection after the fourth update processing that is output by the base station by using the broadcast signaling is adopted. Updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second by using an ingress mobility set or a fourth type of access point mobility set after the fourth update processing output by unicast signaling Type of access point move set;
  • the first type of access point movement set after the fourth update processing is the location of the first wireless access point indicated by the base station according to the location update information, for the first type
  • the access point movement set obtained by the access point movement set is subjected to the fourth update process
  • the second type of access point movement set after the fourth update processing is the location of the first wireless access point indicated by the base station according to the location update information, for the second type
  • the access point mobility set performs an access point movement set obtained by the fourth update process.
  • the processor 1101 calls the program code stored in the memory 1105 and also performs the following operations:
  • the first type of the fifth update processing after the base station uses the broadcast signaling output Updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second by using an ingress mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set after the fifth update processing output by unicast signaling Type access Point move set
  • the first type of access point movement set after the fifth update processing is the location of the second wireless access point indicated by the base station according to the access information, and the first type of The access point movement set obtained by the access point movement set is subjected to the fifth update process;
  • the second type of access point movement set after the fifth update process is the location of the second wireless access point indicated by the base station according to the access information, and the second type The access point mobility set performs the access point movement set obtained by the fifth update process.
  • the processor 1101 invokes a program code stored in the memory 1105 to perform control of the input device 1103 to receive a first type of access point movement set output by the base station using broadcast signaling for output or adopting a single Before the second type of access point move set is outputted by the signaling, the following operations are also performed:
  • the output device 1104 is configured to send a terminal parameter of the user terminal to the base station, so that the base station determines a signaling transmission manner for the user terminal according to the terminal parameter, where the signaling transmission mode is a broadcast signaling output manner. Or the output mode of unicast signaling.
  • the processor 1101 calls the program code stored in the memory 1105 and also performs the following operations:
  • the first mobility set identifier and the second mobility set identifier include a base station identifier of a base station to which the access point mobility set belongs.
  • the processor 1101 calls the program code stored in the memory 1105 and also performs the following operations:
  • the user terminal switches from the source wireless access point to the target wireless access point among the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region, controlling the output device 1104 to send the target wireless to the base station The access point information of the access point, so that the base station transmits the service data that is offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal, according to the access point information of the target wireless access point to Place The target wireless access point.
  • the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or
  • the second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling
  • the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, effectively guarantees the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service; and outputs the base station identifier by outputting to the user terminal.
  • the mobile set identifier enables the user terminal to quickly locate the currently accessed base station when the user terminal switches between the base stations, and accurately acquires the access point mobility set of the accessed base station, thereby further improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point; After the user terminal actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point, the service data can be made accurate. Split to the user terminal, to further improve the processing efficiency of wireless service, effectively ensures the continuity of the wireless services.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a configuration system of a wireless access point, which may include a base station and a user terminal, where the base station may be the base station 1 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 or FIG.
  • the user terminal 2 of the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 or FIG. 10; or the base station may be the base station of the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and the user terminal may be the user terminal of the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or
  • the second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling
  • the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  • the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can save the letter without separately configuring the user terminal.
  • the overhead is transmitted, and the second type of access point mobility set is transmitted to the user terminal by means of unicast signaling, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, effectively ensuring the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service;
  • the local area network terminal establishes a communication connection, and can obtain the latest state of the wireless access point connected to the wireless local area network terminal in a timely and dynamic manner, further improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, and ensuring the timeliness of service data offloading;
  • the terminal output includes the mobile set identifier of the base station identifier, so that when the user terminal switches between the base stations, the currently accessed base station can be quickly located, and the access point mobile set of the accessed base station is accurately acquired, thereby further improving the wireless access.
  • the module or unit in the embodiment of the present invention may be implemented by a general-purpose integrated circuit, such as a CPU (Central Processing Unit) or an ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit).
  • a general-purpose integrated circuit such as a CPU (Central Processing Unit) or an ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit).
  • modules or units in the terminal in the embodiment of the present invention may be combined, divided, and deleted according to actual needs.
  • the storage medium may be a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a read-only memory (ROM), or a random access memory (RAM).

Abstract

Disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention are a method and base station for configuring a wireless access point, said method comprising the following steps: obtaining a first-type access-point mobile set or a second-type access-point mobile set; outputting said first-type access-point mobile set using broadcast signaling or outputting said second-type access-point mobile set using unicast signaling; a user terminal receiving and configurating the first-type access-point mobile set or the second-type access-point mobile set. Using the present invention, it is possible to improve the efficiency of connection with a wireless access point, thus ensuring the continuity of a wireless service and increasing efficiency in processing the wireless service.

Description

一种无线接入点的配置方法及基站Method for configuring wireless access point and base station
本申请要求于2015年12月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为201511026126.7,发明名称为“一种无线接入点的配置方法及基站”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。The present application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 201511026126.7, filed on Dec. 30, 2015, entitled "A Method for Configuring a Wireless Access Point and a Base Station", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference. In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种无线接入点的配置方法及基站。The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method for configuring a wireless access point and a base station.
背景技术Background technique
随着通信技术不断的开发和完善,无线用户数量的急剧增长,以及高清晰多媒体流业务的快速涌现,由于用户对网络的速率以及网络覆盖连续性的要求越来越高,使得日益增长的无线网络需求与有限的授权频段之间的矛盾日益凸显。为了缓解授权频段区域的网络压力,可以考虑利用资源相对丰富的非授权频段区域部署无线局域网络,以对无线业务数据进行分流,实现了长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)网络和无线局域网络的融合。With the continuous development and improvement of communication technologies, the rapid increase in the number of wireless users, and the rapid emergence of high-definition multimedia streaming services, the increasing demand for network speed and network coverage continuity has led to the growing wireless The contradiction between network demand and limited licensed frequency bands has become increasingly prominent. In order to alleviate the network pressure in the licensed band area, it may be considered to deploy a wireless local area network by using a resource-rich unlicensed band area to offload wireless service data, and implement a Long Term Evolution (LTE) network and a wireless local area network. Fusion.
现有的用户终端在与非授权频段区域的无线接入点进行连接时,需要由用户手动选择需要连接的无线接入点,并且随着用户终端的移动,在切换无线接入点的过程中容易导致无线业务的中断,影响了连接无线接入点的效率,无法保证无线业务的连续性,影响了无线业务的处理效率。When an existing user terminal is connected to a wireless access point in an unlicensed band area, the user needs to manually select a wireless access point to be connected, and in the process of switching the wireless access point as the user terminal moves. It is easy to cause the interruption of wireless services, affecting the efficiency of connecting wireless access points, ensuring the continuity of wireless services, and affecting the processing efficiency of wireless services.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种无线接入点的配置方法及基站,可以提升与无线接入点的连接效率,进而保证无线业务的连续性,提升无线业务的处理效率。The embodiment of the invention provides a method for configuring a wireless access point and a base station, which can improve the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the continuity of the wireless service and improving the processing efficiency of the wireless service.
本发明实施例第一方面提供了一种无线接入点的配置方法,可包括:A first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a method for configuring a wireless access point, which may include:
获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集;Obtaining a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set;
采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;Outputting the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or outputting the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling, so that the user terminal receives and configures the first a type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set;
其中,所述接入点移动集包括至少一个无线接入点中每个无线接入点的接 入点信息,所述第一类型的接入点移动集为默认配置的所述接入点移动集,所述第二类型的接入点移动集为针对所述用户终端所配置的所述接入点移动集。The access point mobility set includes a connection of each of the at least one wireless access point. Inbound information, the first type of access point mobility set is a default configured access point mobility set, and the second type of access point mobility set is the connection configured for the user terminal Into the move set.
本发明实施例第二方面提供了一种基站,可包括:A second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a base station, which may include:
移动集获取单元,用于获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集;a mobile set obtaining unit, configured to acquire a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set;
移动集输出单元,用于采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;a mobile set output unit, configured to output the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or output the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling to enable the user terminal Receiving and configuring the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
其中,所述接入点移动集包括至少一个无线接入点中每个无线接入点的接入点信息,所述第一类型的接入点移动集为默认配置的所述接入点移动集,所述第二类型的接入点移动集为针对所述用户终端所配置的所述接入点移动集。The access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the first type of access point mobility set is the default configured access point movement. The set, the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal.
在本发明实施例中,基站通过获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,并采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,用户终端可以接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。通过采用接入点移动集的方式,使得用户终端在移动过程中可以在接入点移动集自动检测并连接无线接入点,提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,进而保证了无线业务的连续性,提升了无线业务的处理效率,同时,通过广播信令的方式对用户终端广播第一类型的接入点移动集,可以无需单独为用户终端进行配置,节省了信令开销,而通过单播信令的方式对用户终端传输第二类型的接入点移动集,可以满足不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量。In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or The second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling, and the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set. By adopting the access point movement set, the user terminal can automatically detect and connect the wireless access point in the access point mobile set during the mobile process, thereby improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the wireless service. Continuity improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service. At the same time, the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead. The unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
附图说明DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the drawings used in the description of the embodiments will be briefly described below. It is obvious that the drawings in the following description are some embodiments of the present invention. Those skilled in the art can also obtain other drawings based on these drawings without paying any creative work.
图1是本发明实施例提供的一种无线接入点的配置方法的流程示意图; 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2是本发明实施例提供的另一种无线接入点的配置方法的流程示意图;2 is a schematic flowchart of another method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3是本发明实施例提供的又一种无线接入点的配置方法的流程示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart diagram of still another method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4是本发明实施例提供的又一种无线接入点的配置方法的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of still another method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5是本发明实施例提供的一种无线接入点的配置方法的举例示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an example of a method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6是本发明实施例提供的一种基站的结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7是本发明实施例提供的另一种基站的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8是本发明实施例提供的又一种基站的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of still another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9是本发明实施例提供的一种用户终端的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a user terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10是本发明实施例提供的另一种用户终端的结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another user terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11是本发明实施例提供的又一种用户终端的结构示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of still another user terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are a part of the embodiments of the present invention, but not all embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
本发明实施例提供的无线接入点的配置方法可以应用于对所服务的小区内的用户终端配置接入点移动集的场景,例如:基站获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,所述基站采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,用户终端接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集的场景等,通过采用接入点移动集的方式,使得用户终端在移动过程中可以在接入点移动集自动检测并连接无线接入点,提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,进而保证了无线业务的连续性,提升了无线业务的处理效率,同时,通过广播信令的方式对用户终端广播第一类型的接入点移动集,可以无需单独为用户终端进行配置,节省了信令开销,而通过单播信令的方式对用户终端传输第二类型的接入点移动集,可以满足不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量。The method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention may be applied to a scenario in which an access point mobility set is configured for a user terminal in a served cell, for example, the base station acquires a first type of access point mobility set or a second. a type of access point mobility set, the base station outputs the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling, or outputs the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling, The user terminal receives and configures the first type of access point movement set or the second type of access point movement set, and the like, so that the user terminal can be in the process of moving by using the access point movement set. The access point mobile set automatically detects and connects the wireless access point, which improves the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the continuity of the wireless service, improving the processing efficiency of the wireless service, and simultaneously, through broadcast signaling. The mode broadcasts the first type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, saves signaling overhead, and uses unicast signaling to the user. End of the transmission of the second type of access point moves set to meet the business needs of different user terminals, effectively guarantee the efficiency and process quality wireless services.
本发明实施例涉及的用户终端可以包括计算机、平板电脑、智能手机、笔 记本电脑、掌上电脑以及移动互联网设备(MID)等具备无线上网功能的终端设备;所述基站所服务的小区内可以包括授权频段区域和非授权频段区域,所述授权频段区域表示授权通信运营商所采用的无线网络频段所在的区域,即LTE网络覆盖的区域,例如:3G网络、4G网络等,所述非授权频段区域表示未经授权的无线网络频段所在的区域,即无线局域网覆盖的区域。The user terminal according to the embodiment of the present invention may include a computer, a tablet computer, a smart phone, and a pen. a terminal device having a wireless internet function, such as a computer, a palmtop computer, and a mobile internet device (MID); the cell served by the base station may include a licensed frequency band area and an unlicensed frequency band area, where the authorized frequency band area indicates authorized communication operation The area where the wireless network band used by the quotient is located, that is, the area covered by the LTE network, for example, a 3G network, a 4G network, etc., and the unlicensed band area indicates an area where an unauthorized wireless network band is located, that is, a WLAN coverage area. region.
下面将结合附图1-附图4,对本发明实施例提供的无线接入点的配置方法进行详细介绍。A method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIG.
请参见图1,为本发明实施例提供了一种无线接入点的配置方法的流程示意图。如图1所示,本发明实施例从基站侧阐述无线接入点的配置方法的具体流程,该方法可以包括以下步骤S101-步骤S102。FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1 , the embodiment of the present invention describes a specific process of a method for configuring a wireless access point from a base station side, and the method may include the following steps S101 to S102.
S101,获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集;S101. Acquire a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set.
具体的,基站可以获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,优选的,针对所述第一类型的接入点移动集,所述基站可以获取操作维护管理(Operation Administration and Maintenance,OAM)设备生成的第一类型的接入点移动集,所述OAM设备可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个(例如:所有)无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集,并将所述第一类型的接入点移动集传输至所述基站;或者,所述基站可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集。所述预先配置的分组条件可以包括所述非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点的分布区域和所述分布区域的历史信息中的至少一种,所述分布区域用于表示所述多个无线接入点中每个无线接入点所处位置或者所分布的区域等,例如:某个人群密集的商业区域等;所述分布区域的历史信息用于表示所述分布区域历史的流量信息等。Specifically, the base station may acquire a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set. Preferably, the base station may obtain operation and maintenance management for the first type of access point mobility set. (Operation Administration and Maintenance, OAM) A first type of access point mobility set generated by the device, the OAM device may be able to access multiple (eg, all) wireless accesses in the unlicensed band region based on pre-configured packet conditions. The points are grouped to generate a first type of access point mobility set, and the first type of access point mobility set is transmitted to the base station; or the base station may be based on pre-configured grouping conditions, Multiple wireless access points in the licensed band region are grouped to generate a first type of access point move set. The pre-configured grouping condition may include at least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and historical information of the distribution area, the distribution area being used to indicate the plurality of The location of each wireless access point or the distributed area, etc., for example, a crowded commercial area, etc.; the historical information of the distribution area is used to indicate the traffic of the distribution area history Information, etc.
针对所述第二类型的接入点移动集,所述基站可以基于用户终端的终端信息,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二类型的接入点移动集,作为所述第二类型的接入点移动集的分组条件的所述终端信息可以为所述用户终端的物理移动信息,所述用户终端的物理移动信息可以包括所述用户终端的移动方向和移动轨迹。 For the second type of access point mobility set, the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second type of access point movement. The terminal information that is a grouping condition of the second type of access point mobility set may be physical mobility information of the user terminal, and the physical mobility information of the user terminal may include a moving direction of the user terminal. And moving tracks.
需要说明的是,本文通篇所述接入点移动集包括至少一个无线接入点中每个无线接入点的接入点信息,所述每个无线接入点的接入点信息可以包括但不限于所述每个无线接入点的服务集识别号(Service Set Identifier,SSID)、基本服务集识别号(Basic Service Set Identifier,BSSID)、同质扩展基本服务集识别号(Homogenous Extended Service Set Identifier,HESSID)以上三者中的至少一者;所述第一类型的接入点移动集为默认配置的所述接入点移动集,即默认可以为接入小区的用户终端分配的接入点移动集;所述第二类型的接入点移动集为针对所述用户终端所配置的所述接入点移动集,即针对需要无线业务增值的用户终端所配置的接入点移动集。可以理解的是,所述第一类型的接入点移动集的数量和所述第二类型的接入点移动集的数量均可以为一个或多个,具体由分组时所基于的分组条件所决定。增加接入点移动集的好处是,用户终端在移动集内部的多个无线接入点范围之间进行移动时,该接入点移动集对接入网侧(例如E-UTRAN,即Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network)是透明的,用户终端无需通知基站(例如eNB或eNodeB)上述移动。在一个无线局域网终端所管理的范围内,可能存在1个或多个接入点移动集,1个接入点移动集下的多个无线接入点共享一个无线局域网终端。示例性的,一个用户终端每次可连接至多一个接入点移动集并进行通信。It should be noted that, the access point mobility set described in this document includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point may include However, it is not limited to the Service Set Identifier (SSID), the Basic Service Set Identifier (BSSID), and the Homogenous Extended Service ID of each of the wireless access points. Set Identifier, HESSID) at least one of the above three; the access point mobility set of the first type is the access point mobility set configured by default, that is, the default can be allocated for the user terminal of the access cell. An ingress mobility set; the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal, that is, an access point mobility set configured for a user terminal requiring wireless service value addition . It can be understood that the number of access point movement sets of the first type and the number of access point movement sets of the second type may both be one or more, specifically by the grouping conditions on which the grouping is based. Decide. The advantage of increasing the access point mobility set is that when the user terminal moves between multiple wireless access point ranges within the mobile set, the access point moves to the access network side (eg E-UTRAN, ie Evolved UMTS) The Terrestrial Radio Access Network is transparent, and the user terminal does not need to inform the base station (such as an eNB or an eNodeB) of the above movement. Within the scope managed by one wireless local area network terminal, there may be one or more access point mobility sets, and multiple wireless access points under one access point mobility set share one wireless local area network terminal. Illustratively, one user terminal can connect to and communicate with at most one access point move set at a time.
S102,采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出;S102: Output, by using broadcast signaling, the first type of access point mobility set or output the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling;
具体的,所述基站可以通过广播信令的方式对所服务的小区内包含的用户终端输出所述第一类型的接入点移动集,所述广播信令优选为系统信息块(System Information Block,SIB)信令等,通过对第一类型的接入点移动集进行广播,可以无需分别为小区内的用户终端单独配置一个接入点移动集,节省了信令开销。所述用户终端接收所广播的所述第一类型的接入点移动集,并基于所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行配置;Specifically, the base station may output the first type of access point mobility set to the user terminal included in the served cell by means of broadcast signaling, where the broadcast signaling is preferably a system information block (System Information Block). SIB) signaling, etc., by broadcasting the first type of access point mobility set, it is possible to separately configure one access point mobility set for the user terminal in the cell separately, thereby saving signaling overhead. Receiving, by the user terminal, the first type of access point movement set that is broadcast, and configuring according to the first type of access point movement set;
所述基站可以通过单播信令的方式对需要无线业务增值的用户终端输出所述第二类型的接入点移动集,所述单播信令优选为单播的无线资源控制协议(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令,通过采用单播信令的方式对第二类型的接入点移动集进行传输,可以满足所服务的小区中不同用户终端的业务需求, 有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量。The base station may output the second type of access point mobility set to a user terminal that needs to add value to the wireless service by means of unicast signaling, and the unicast signaling is preferably a unicast radio resource control protocol (Radio Resource) Control, RRC) signaling, by using unicast signaling to transmit the second type of access point mobility set, can meet the service requirements of different user terminals in the served cell, Effectively ensure the processing efficiency and processing quality of wireless services.
需要说明的是,用户终端在属于同一个第一类型的接入点移动集中或属于同一个第二类型的接入点移动集中的无线接入点间进行切换时,可以无需受到所述基站的控制,即无需与所述基站进行信令交互,节省了信令开销;而在不属于同一个第一类型的接入点移动集中或不属于同一个第二类型的接入点移动集中的无线接入点间进行切换时,则需要受到所述基站的控制。It should be noted that, when the user terminal performs handover between the access point mobility groups belonging to the same first type or the access point mobility groups belonging to the same second type of access point, the user terminal may not need to be subjected to the base station. Control, that is, without signaling interaction with the base station, saving signaling overhead; and wireless in an access point mobile set that does not belong to the same first type of access point or does not belong to the same second type of access point mobile set When switching between access points, it needs to be controlled by the base station.
在本发明实施例中,基站通过获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,并采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,用户终端可以接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。通过采用接入点移动集的方式,使得用户终端在移动过程中可以在接入点移动集自动检测并连接无线接入点,提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,进而保证了无线业务的连续性,提升了无线业务的处理效率,同时,通过广播信令的方式对用户终端广播第一类型的接入点移动集,可以无需单独为用户终端进行配置,节省了信令开销,而通过单播信令的方式对用户终端传输第二类型的接入点移动集,可以满足不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量。In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or The second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling, and the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set. By adopting the access point movement set, the user terminal can automatically detect and connect the wireless access point in the access point mobile set during the mobile process, thereby improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the wireless service. Continuity improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service. At the same time, the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead. The unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
请参见图2,为本发明实施例提供了另一种无线接入点的配置方法的流程示意图。如图2所示,本发明实施例本发明实施例从基站侧阐述无线接入点的配置方法的具体流程,该方法可以包括以下步骤S201-步骤S208。FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the embodiment of the present invention describes a specific process of a method for configuring a wireless access point from a base station side, and the method may include the following steps S201 to S208.
S201,获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集;S201. Acquire a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set.
具体的,基站可以获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,优选的,针对所述第一类型的接入点移动集,所述基站可以获取OAM设备生成的第一类型的接入点移动集,所述OAM设备可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集,并将所述第一类型的接入点移动集传输至所述基站;或者,所述基站可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集。所述预先配置的分组条件可以包括 所述非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点的分布区域和所述分布区域的历史信息中的至少一种,所述分布区域用于表示所述多个无线接入点中每个无线接入点所处位置或者所分布的区域等,例如:某个人群密集的商业区域等;所述分布区域的历史信息用于表示所述分布区域历史的流量信息等。Specifically, the base station may acquire a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set. Preferably, for the first type of access point mobility set, the base station may acquire an OAM device generation. a first type of access point mobility set, the OAM device may group multiple wireless access points in an unlicensed frequency band region based on pre-configured packet conditions to generate a first type of access point mobility set Transmitting, to the base station, the first type of access point mobility set; or, the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on pre-configured packet conditions, to Generate a first type of access point move set. The pre-configured grouping conditions may include At least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points and a history information of the distribution area in the unlicensed band area, the distribution area being used to represent each of the plurality of wireless access points The location where the access point is located or the area to be distributed, etc., for example, a crowded commercial area or the like; the historical information of the distribution area is used to indicate flow information of the distribution area history and the like.
针对所述第二类型的接入点移动集,所述基站可以基于用户终端的终端信息,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二类型的接入点移动集,作为所述第二类型的接入点移动集的分组条件的所述终端信息可以为所述用户终端的物理移动信息,所述用户终端的物理移动信息可以包括所述用户终端的移动方向和移动轨迹。For the second type of access point mobility set, the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second type of access point movement. The terminal information that is a grouping condition of the second type of access point mobility set may be physical mobility information of the user terminal, and the physical mobility information of the user terminal may include a moving direction of the user terminal. And moving tracks.
需要说明的是,所述接入点移动集包括至少一个无线接入点中每个无线接入点的接入点信息,所述每个无线接入点的接入点信息可以包括但不限于所述每个无线接入点的SSID、BSSID、HESSID;所述第一类型的接入点移动集为默认配置的所述接入点移动集,即默认可以为接入小区的用户终端分配的接入点移动集;所述第二类型的接入点移动集为针对所述用户终端所配置的所述接入点移动集,即针对需要无线业务增值的用户终端所配置的接入点移动集。可以理解的是,所述第一类型的接入点移动集的数量和所述第二类型的接入点移动集的数量均可以为一个或多个,具体由分组时所基于的分组条件所决定。It should be noted that the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point may include but is not limited to The SSID, the BSSID, and the HESSID of each of the wireless access points; the first type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured by default, that is, the default may be allocated to the user terminal of the access cell. An access point mobility set; the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal, that is, an access point mobile configured for a user terminal requiring wireless service value addition set. It can be understood that the number of access point movement sets of the first type and the number of access point movement sets of the second type may both be one or more, specifically by the grouping conditions on which the grouping is based. Decide.
进一步的,所述基站可以预先与无线局域网终端建立通信连接,优选的,所述基站可以通过Xw接口与所述无线局域网终端同构Xw接口连接建立的过程,以实现所述基站与所述无线局域网终端间的通信连接建立,其中,所述Xw接口为所述基站与所述无线局域网终端间的固定通信接口。所述基站基于与所述无线局域网终端间的通信连接,向所述无线局域网终端获取处于非授权频段区域中多个无线接入点的接入点信息。Further, the base station may establish a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal in advance. Preferably, the base station may establish a connection connection with the wireless local area network terminal through the Xw interface to implement the base station and the wireless A communication connection between the local area network terminals is established, wherein the Xw interface is a fixed communication interface between the base station and the wireless local area network terminal. The base station acquires access point information of a plurality of wireless access points in an unlicensed frequency band region to the wireless local area network terminal based on a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal.
需要说明的是,现有第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)与无线局域网互操作主要集中在核心网层面,无法考虑无线网络负载,容易造成网络负荷不均匀,例如:3GPP引入了接入网发现和选择功能(Access Network Discovery And Selection Function,ANDSF),ANDSF可以响应用户终端接入网络选择的请求,根据用户终端上报的位置以及用户选网偏好等信息,制定最优的网络选择策略,协助用户终端发现周围可用的无线接 入点,并辅助用户终端进行无线接入点的选择,从而实现业务数据的有效分流。然而,ANDSF的选网策略未考虑到无线网络的信道质量以及负载情况。因此,为了解决前述问题,提出了以下三种方案:It should be noted that the existing Third Generation Partnership Project (3 rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP ) and wireless local area network interoperability mainly concentrated in the core network level, can not be considered a wireless network load, likely to cause uneven network load, such as: 3GPP The Access Network Discovery And Selection Function (ANDSF) is introduced. The ANDSF can respond to the request of the user terminal to access the network selection, and formulate the optimal according to the location reported by the user terminal and the preference of the user to select the network. The network selection policy assists the user terminal in discovering the available wireless access points and assists the user terminal in selecting the wireless access point, thereby realizing effective traffic distribution. However, the ANDSF's network selection strategy does not take into account the channel quality and load conditions of the wireless network. Therefore, in order to solve the aforementioned problems, the following three solutions are proposed:
1、无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)可以通过公共通道或专用通道向接入无线接入点的用户终端提供辅助信息,用户终端可以根据RAN提供的辅助信息、用户终端测量到的无线局域网信息,以及从ANDSF获得的策略或者预定义的策略,将业务数据分流至3GPP或无线局域网中;1. The radio access network (RAN) can provide auxiliary information to the user terminal accessing the wireless access point through the public channel or the dedicated channel, and the user terminal can use the auxiliary information provided by the RAN and the wireless measured by the user terminal. LAN information, and policies obtained from ANDSF or predefined policies, offload traffic data to 3GPP or WLAN;
2、RAN提供网络选择和业务数据的分流规则,RAN通过公共通道或专用通道向用户终端提供分流规则中需要使用的参数门限,当不存在ANDSF的策略时,用户终端可以依据RAN提供的分流规则将业务数据分流至3GPP或无线局域网中,当同时存在ANDSF的策略时,优先采用ANDSF的策略;2. The RAN provides the network selection and the traffic data shunting rules. The RAN provides the user terminal with the parameter threshold to be used in the traffic distribution rule through the public channel or the dedicated channel. When there is no ANDSF policy, the user terminal can use the shunting rule provided by the RAN. The service data is offloaded to the 3GPP or the WLAN. When the policy of the ANDSF exists at the same time, the policy of the ANDSF is preferentially adopted;
3、RAN可以通过公共通道或专用通道向接入无线接入点的用户终端提供辅助信息,如果支持ANDSF,则用户终端可以根据RAN提供的辅助信息、用户终端测量到的无线局域网信息,以及从ANDSF获得的策略或者预定义的策略,将业务数据分流至3GPP或无线局域网中;如果不支持ANDSF,则用户终端可以依据RAN提供的分流规则将业务数据分流至3GPP或无线局域网中。3. The RAN can provide auxiliary information to the user terminal accessing the wireless access point through the public channel or the dedicated channel. If the ANDSF is supported, the user terminal can obtain the auxiliary information provided by the RAN, the wireless local area network information measured by the user terminal, and the The policy obtained by the ANDSF or the predefined policy, the service data is offloaded to the 3GPP or the wireless local area network; if the ANDSF is not supported, the user terminal can offload the service data to the 3GPP or the wireless local area network according to the offloading rule provided by the RAN.
然而,基于目前的三种方案,RAN中的所述基站在获取多个无线接入点的接入点信息时,只能通过OAM设备或预配置方式进行获取,而当有新的无线接入点加入时,所述基站无法及时、动态的获得当前无线接入点的最新状态,因此,通过与无线局域网终端建立通信连接,可以及时、动态的获得与无线局域网终端相连的多个无线接入点的最新状态,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,保证了业务数据分流的时效性。However, based on the current three schemes, when the base station in the RAN acquires access point information of multiple wireless access points, the base station can only acquire through the OAM device or the pre-configured mode, and when there is new wireless access. When the point joins, the base station cannot obtain the latest state of the current wireless access point in time and dynamically. Therefore, by establishing a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal, multiple wireless accesses connected to the wireless local area network terminal can be obtained in time and dynamically. The latest state of the point further improves the connection efficiency with the wireless access point and ensures the timeliness of service data offloading.
S202,获取用户终端的终端参数,并根据所述终端参数确定针对所述用户终端的信令传输方式;S202. Acquire a terminal parameter of the user terminal, and determine, according to the terminal parameter, a signaling transmission manner for the user terminal.
具体的,所述基站还可以获取用户终端上传的终端参数,本文通篇所述的终端参数用于表示所述用户终端可以接收的信令能力,所述基站根据所述终端参数确定针对所述用户终端的信令传输方式,所述信令传输方式为广播信令的输出方式或单播信令的输出方式。具体的,为了适应物联网的发展,未来的用 户终端可能存在多种类型,不同类型的用户终端之间的能力不同,该能力可以包括该用户终端可以接受信令的能力。某种能力的用户终端可能不能支持单播信令的接受方式。需要说明的是,用户终端可以生成关于自身能力的报告,该能力报告可以包括该用户终端是否具有支持单播信令能力的信息。基站可以对用户终端关于的能力进行询问,用户终端基于该询问生成相应的能力报告并将该能力报告发送给基站。用户终端可以处于多个基站(例如:eNodeB)的覆盖范围内。可以在这些基站中选择一个基站以服务所述用户终端。可以基于诸如接收功率、路径损耗、信噪比(SNR)等各种标准来选择服务的基站。所述基站是被指定为在下行链路上和/或上行链路上服务所述用户终端的基站。本文中所说的基站,通常指的是服务于该用户终端的基站。Specifically, the base station may further acquire a terminal parameter uploaded by the user terminal, where the terminal parameter used in the present document is used to indicate a signaling capability that the user terminal can receive, and the base station determines, according to the terminal parameter, that the terminal parameter is The signaling mode of the user terminal is the output mode of the broadcast signaling or the output mode of the unicast signaling. Specifically, in order to adapt to the development of the Internet of Things, future use There may be multiple types of user terminals, and different types of user terminals have different capabilities, and the capabilities may include the ability of the user terminal to accept signaling. User terminals of a certain capability may not be able to support the acceptance of unicast signaling. It should be noted that the user terminal may generate a report about its own capability, and the capability report may include whether the user terminal has information supporting unicast signaling capability. The base station may query the capabilities of the user terminal, and the user terminal generates a corresponding capability report based on the query and sends the capability report to the base station. The user terminal can be within the coverage of multiple base stations (eg, eNodeBs). One of the base stations may be selected to serve the user terminal. The base station of the service can be selected based on various criteria such as received power, path loss, signal to noise ratio (SNR), and the like. The base station is a base station designated to serve the user terminal on the downlink and/or uplink. A base station as used herein generally refers to a base station serving the user terminal.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例不限定步骤S201与步骤S202的执行顺序,在所述用户终端接入所述基站所服务的小区内时,所述用户终端可以向所述基站同时发送所述用户终端的终端信息和终端参数,或者先发送终端参数,再发送终端信息等执行顺序均属于本发明实施例的保护范围。It should be noted that the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the execution sequence of step S201 and step S202. When the user terminal accesses the cell served by the base station, the user terminal may simultaneously send the The terminal information and the terminal parameters of the user terminal, or the execution order of the first terminal parameter, and the second terminal information are all within the protection scope of the embodiment of the present invention.
S203,采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出;S203: Output, by using broadcast signaling, the first type of access point mobility set or output the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling;
具体的,所述基站可以通过广播信令的方式对所服务的小区内包含的用户终端输出所述第一类型的接入点移动集,所述广播信令优选为SIB信令等,通过对第一类型的接入点移动集进行广播,可以无需分别为小区内的用户终端单独配置一个接入点移动集,节省了信令开销。所述用户终端接收所广播的所述第一类型的接入点移动集,并基于所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行配置;Specifically, the base station may output the first type of access point mobility set to the user terminal included in the served cell by means of broadcast signaling, where the broadcast signaling is preferably SIB signaling, etc. The first type of access point mobility set is broadcasted, and it is not necessary to separately configure one access point mobility set for the user terminals in the cell, which saves signaling overhead. Receiving, by the user terminal, the first type of access point movement set that is broadcast, and configuring according to the first type of access point movement set;
所述基站可以通过单播信令的方式对需要无线业务增值的用户终端输出所述第二类型的接入点移动集,所述单播信令优选为单播的RRC信令,通过采用单播信令的方式对第二类型的接入点移动集进行传输,可以满足所服务的小区中不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量。The base station may output the second type of access point mobility set to a user terminal that needs to add value for the wireless service by means of unicast signaling, where the unicast signaling is preferably unicast RRC signaling, by using a single The method of signaling is used to transmit the second type of access point mobility set, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals in the served cell, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
需要说明的是,用户终端在属于同一个第一类型的接入点移动集中或属于同一个第二类型的接入点移动集中的无线接入点间进行切换时,可以无需受到所述基站的控制,即无需与所述基站进行信令交互,节省了信令开销;而在不 属于同一个第一类型的接入点移动集中或不属于同一个第二类型的接入点移动集中的无线接入点间进行切换时,则需要受到所述基站的控制。It should be noted that, when the user terminal performs handover between the access point mobility groups belonging to the same first type or the access point mobility groups belonging to the same second type of access point, the user terminal may not need to be subjected to the base station. Control, that is, no signaling interaction with the base station, saving signaling overhead; When the access point of the same first type of mobile station moves or does not belong to the same type of access point, the access point needs to be controlled by the base station.
S204,在采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出时,采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集的第一移动集标识进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集的第二移动集标识进行输出;S204, when outputting the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or outputting the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling, using broadcast signaling to The first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set is output or the second mobile set identifier of the second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling;
具体的,所述基站在采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出时,还可以同时采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集的第一移动集标识进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集的第二移动集标识进行输出,需要说明的是,本文通篇所说的移动集标识,可以用来标识和区分不同的移动集合,例如第一移动集和第二移动集的标识不相同。该移动集标识可以是序号(index)、序列(sequence)或者标志位(flag)。示例性的,所述第一移动集标识和第二移动集标识还可以与所述基站标识相关或者可以根据所属基站标识来生成,以节约码字。优选的,所述第一移动集标识和第二移动集标识可以包含所述接入点移动集所属基站的基站标识。需要说明的是,本文通篇所说的基站标识,可以用来标识和区分不同的基站。通过向用户终端输出包含基站标识的移动集标识,使得用户终端在基站间切换时,可以快速定位当前接入的基站,并准确获取所接入的基站的接入点移动集,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率。Specifically, when the base station outputs the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or outputs the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling, Outputting, by using broadcast signaling, a first mobility set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set or using unicast signaling to output a second mobility set identifier of the second type of access point mobility set It should be noted that the mobile set identifiers described throughout this document can be used to identify and distinguish different mobile sets, for example, the identifiers of the first mobile set and the second mobile set are different. The move set identifier can be an index, a sequence, or a flag. Exemplarily, the first mobility set identifier and the second mobility set identifier may also be related to the base station identifier or may be generated according to the associated base station identifier to save the codeword. Preferably, the first mobility set identifier and the second mobility set identifier may include a base station identifier of a base station to which the access point mobility set belongs. It should be noted that the base station identifiers referred to throughout this document can be used to identify and distinguish different base stations. By outputting the mobile set identifier including the identifier of the base station to the user terminal, the user terminal can quickly locate the currently accessed base station when the user terminal switches between the base stations, and accurately acquire the access point mobile set of the accessed base station, further improving the The connection efficiency of the wireless access point.
进一步的,若所述基站接收到用户终端传输的优先级信息、网络启动状态和物理移动变化信息中的至少一种移动集更新信息,或者若所述基站检测到无线接入点的位置更新信息和/或接入信息等接入点变化信息,可以转入执行步骤S205;若所述基站接收到用户终端进行接入点切换,则转入执行步骤S207。Further, if the base station receives at least one of the priority information, the network startup state, and the physical mobility change information transmitted by the user terminal, or if the base station detects the location update information of the wireless access point, And access point change information such as access information may be transferred to step S205; if the base station receives the user terminal to perform access point switching, the process proceeds to step S207.
S205,生成更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;S205. Generate an access point mobility set of the first type after the update processing or a second type access point mobility set after the update process.
具体的,所述基站可以在接收到用户终端传输的优先级信息、网络启动状态和物理移动变化信息中的至少一种移动集更新信息时,或者检测到无线接入点的位置更新信息和/或接入信息等接入点变化信息时,触发对所述第一类型 的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行更新,以生成更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集。Specifically, the base station may receive the location update information of the wireless access point and/or when receiving the at least one of the priority information, the network startup state, and the physical mobility change information transmitted by the user terminal. When the access point change information such as information is accessed, the first type is triggered. The access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set is updated to generate an updated access type first access point mobility set or an updated processing second type access point mobility set .
可选的,针对优先级信息,用户终端可以向所述基站发送所述用户终端的优先级信息,所述基站获取所述用户终端的优先级信息,可以检测所述用户终端的优先级信息,所述优先级信息可以包括第一优先级和第二优先级中的任一种,若所述优先级信息为第一优先级,则表明所述用户终端预先进行业务需求增值的办理,需要对具备第一优先级的用户终端提供专属的业务服务,所述基站可以根据所述用户终端的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点再次进行分组,以生成第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;若所述优先级信息为第二优先级,则表明所述用户终端未进行业务需求增值的办理,只需满足基本的业务服务即可,即无需生成新的接入点移动集;Optionally, for the priority information, the user terminal may send the priority information of the user terminal to the base station, where the base station acquires the priority information of the user terminal, and may detect the priority information of the user terminal, The priority information may include any one of the first priority and the second priority. If the priority information is the first priority, it indicates that the user terminal performs the processing of the service demand value in advance, and needs to The user terminal having the first priority provides a dedicated service service, and the base station may further group the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the terminal information of the user terminal to generate the first update process. The second type of access point mobility set; if the priority information is the second priority, it indicates that the user terminal does not perform the service demand value addition, and only needs to satisfy the basic service service, that is, no need to generate New access point move set;
可选的,针对网络启动状态,所述用户终端可以将当前所述用户终端的网络启动状态发送至所述基站,所述基站获取所述用户终端的网络启动状态,当所述网络启动状态表示为所述用户终端在开启了LTE网络和无线局域网的融合时,所述基站可以根据所述用户终端的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点再次进行分组,以生成第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;Optionally, for the network startup state, the user terminal may send a network startup state of the current user terminal to the base station, where the base station acquires a network startup state of the user terminal, where the network startup state is represented. When the user terminal is enabled to merge the LTE network and the wireless local area network, the base station may further group the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second Updating the processed second type of access point move set;
可选的,针对物理移动变化信息,所述用户终端可以基于前述所述用户终端的物理移动信息,对当前所述用户终端的移动方向和移动轨迹进行判断,当移动方向和/或移动轨迹发生变化时,可以基于变化后的物理移动信息生成物理移动变化信息,所述用户终端可以将所述物理移动变化信息发送至所述基站,所述基站获取所述用户终端的物理移动变化信息,并根据所述物理移动变化信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点再次进行分组,以生成第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;Optionally, for the physical mobility change information, the user terminal may determine, according to the physical movement information of the user terminal, the current moving direction and the moving trajectory of the user terminal, when the moving direction and/or the moving trajectory occurs. When the change is performed, the physical mobility change information may be generated based on the changed physical mobility information, where the user terminal may send the physical mobility change information to the base station, where the base station acquires physical mobility change information of the user terminal, and And re-grouping the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the physical movement change information to generate a second type of access point movement set after the third update process;
需要说明的是,针对用户终端传输的优先级信息、网络启动状态和物理移动变化信息中的至少一种移动集更新信息,可以进行多种组合方式,例如:当所述用户终端的优先级信息为第一优先级,并且网络启动状态表示为所述用户终端在开启了LTE网络和无线局域网的融合时,再触发所述基站生成更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集等,具体组合方式可以由运营商进行设置。It should be noted that, for at least one of the priority information, the network startup state, and the physical mobility change information transmitted by the user terminal, multiple combinations may be performed, for example, when the priority information of the user terminal is used. The first priority, and the network startup state is represented by the user terminal, when the convergence of the LTE network and the wireless local area network is enabled, and then triggering the base station to generate the second type of access point movement set after the update processing, etc. The combination method can be set by the operator.
可选的,针对位置更新信息,所述基站在所述非授权频段区域中检测存在 第一无线接入点的位置更新信息,所述基站可以根据所述位置更新信息所指示的所述第一无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第四更新处理;Optionally, for the location update information, the base station detects the presence in the unlicensed frequency band region. The location update information of the first wireless access point, the base station may move the set of the first type of access points according to the location of the first wireless access point indicated by the location update information The second type of access point mobility set performs a fourth update process;
可选的,针对接入信息,所述基站在所述非授权频段区域中检测存在第二无线接入点的接入信息,所述基站可以根据所述接入信息所指示的所述第二无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第五更新处理。Optionally, for the access information, the base station detects, in the unlicensed frequency band region, access information of the second wireless access point, where the base station may be according to the second indicated by the access information. The location of the wireless access point performs a fifth update process on the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
S206,采用广播信令对所述更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令对更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出;S206, using broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set after the update processing or using unicast signaling to output the second type access point mobility set after the update processing;
具体的,所述基站可以采用广播信令对上述更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令对上述更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出。Specifically, the base station may use the broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set after the update processing or use the unicast signaling to output the second type access point mobility set after the update processing.
可选的,针对优先级信息,所述基站可以采用单播信令对第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,所述用户终端可以采用所述第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;Optionally, for the priority information, the base station may output, by using unicast signaling, the second type of access point mobility set after the first update processing, where the user terminal may adopt the first update process. a second type of access point mobility set, updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
可选的,针对网络启动状态,所述基站可以采用单播信令对第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,所述用户终端可以采用所述第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;Optionally, for the network startup state, the base station may output, by using unicast signaling, the second type of access point mobility set after the second update processing, where the user terminal may adopt the second update process. a second type of access point mobility set, updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
可选的,针对物理移动变化信息,所述基站可以采用单播信令对第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,所述用户终端可以采用所述第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;Optionally, for the physical mobility change information, the base station may output, by using unicast signaling, a second type of access point mobility set after the third update process, where the user terminal may adopt the third update process. a second set of access point move sets, updating the configured first type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set;
可选的,针对位置更新信息,所述基站可以采用广播信令对第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,所述用户终端可以采用所述第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移 动集。Optionally, for the location update information, the base station may use broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set after the fourth update processing or adopt unicast signaling to the second update processing second. The access point movement set of the type is output, and the user terminal may adopt the first type of access point movement set after the fourth update processing or the second type of access point movement after the fourth update processing a set, updating the configured first type of access point move set or the second type of access point shift Mobility.
可选的,针对接入信息,所述基站可以采用广播信令对第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对第五更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,所述用户终端可以采用所述第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二更新处理后的第五类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。Optionally, for the access information, the base station may use the broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set after the fifth update processing or adopt the unicast signaling to the second after the fifth update processing. The type of access point moves the set to be output, and the user terminal may adopt the fifth type of access point move set after the fifth update process or the fifth type of access point move after the second update process And updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
可以理解的是,上述更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集的过程优选为替换所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集的过程。It can be understood that the process of updating the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set configured by the foregoing update is preferably replacing the configured first type of access point. The process of moving a set or the second type of access point move set.
需要说明的是,在更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集后,若所述基站接收到用户终端进行接入点切换,则转入执行步骤S207。It should be noted that, after updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, if the base station receives the user terminal for access point switching, Go to step S207.
S207,当所述用户终端在非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点中,从源无线接入点切换至目标无线接入点时,接收所述用户终端发送的所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息;S207. When the user terminal switches from a source wireless access point to a target wireless access point among the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band area, receiving the target wireless access sent by the user terminal. Point access point information;
具体的,当所述用户终端在非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点中,从源无线接入点切换至目标无线接入点时,例如:随着所述用户终端的移动,所述用户终端与源无线接入点的连接信号逐步减弱,此时需要连接到信号更强的目标无线接入点等,可以理解的是,所述源无线接入点与所述目标无线接入点均属于所述非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点中的无线接入点,所述用户终端可以在接入所述目标无线接入点后,向所述基站发送所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息,所述基站获取所述用户终端发送的所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息。Specifically, when the user terminal switches from the source wireless access point to the target wireless access point among the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band area, for example, as the user terminal moves, The connection signal between the user terminal and the source wireless access point is gradually weakened. In this case, it is required to connect to a target wireless access point with a stronger signal. It can be understood that the source wireless access point and the target wireless access point. The points all belong to the wireless access point of the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band area, and the user terminal may send the target wireless to the base station after accessing the target wireless access point The access point information of the access point, where the base station acquires access point information of the target wireless access point sent by the user terminal.
S208,将分流至所述源无线接入点的且属于所述用户终端的业务数据,按照所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息发送至所述目标无线接入点;S208. The service data that is offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal is sent to the target wireless access point according to the access point information of the target wireless access point.
具体的,所述基站可以将准备分流至所述源无线接入点的且属于所述用户终端的业务数据或者已经分流至所述源无线接入点的且属于所述用户终端的业务数据,按照所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息发送至所述目标无线接入点。在无线接入点切换过程中,通过用户终端主动上报切换后的无线接入点的接入 点信号,可以使得业务数据准确分流至用户终端,进一步提升了无线业务的处理效率,有效的保证了无线业务的连续性。Specifically, the base station may be configured to offload service data that belongs to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal or service data that has been offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal, And transmitting, according to the access point information of the target wireless access point, to the target wireless access point. In the process of the wireless access point switching, the user terminal actively reports the access of the switched wireless access point. The point signal can accurately distribute the service data to the user terminal, further improving the processing efficiency of the wireless service, and effectively ensuring the continuity of the wireless service.
在本发明实施例中,基站通过获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,并采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,用户终端可以接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。通过采用接入点移动集的方式,使得用户终端在移动过程中可以在接入点移动集自动检测并连接无线接入点,提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,进而保证了无线业务的连续性,提升了无线业务的处理效率,同时,通过广播信令的方式对用户终端广播第一类型的接入点移动集,可以无需单独为用户终端进行配置,节省了信令开销,而通过单播信令的方式对用户终端传输第二类型的接入点移动集,可以满足不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量;通过与无线局域网终端建立通信连接,可以及时、动态的获得与无线局域网终端相连的无线接入点的最新状态,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,保证了业务数据分流的时效性;通过向用户终端输出包含基站标识的移动集标识,使得用户终端在基站间切换时,可以快速定位当前接入的基站,并准确获取所接入的基站的接入点移动集,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率;通过用户终端主动上报切换后的无线接入点的接入点信号,可以使得业务数据准确分流至用户终端,进一步提升了无线业务的处理效率,有效的保证了无线业务的连续性。In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or The second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling, and the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set. By adopting the access point movement set, the user terminal can automatically detect and connect the wireless access point in the access point mobile set during the mobile process, thereby improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the wireless service. Continuity improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service. At the same time, the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead. The unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, effectively guarantees the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service, and establishes a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal. The latest state of the wireless access point connected to the wireless local area network terminal can be obtained in a timely and dynamic manner, further improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, ensuring the timeliness of service data offloading, and outputting the base station identifier by outputting to the user terminal Mobile set identifier, so that when the user terminal switches between base stations, it can be quickly determined The currently accessed base station, and accurately obtains the access point mobility set of the accessed base station, further improves the connection efficiency with the wireless access point; and actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point through the user terminal The service data can be accurately distributed to the user terminal, which further improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service and effectively ensures the continuity of the wireless service.
请参见图3,为本发明实施例提供了又一种无线接入点的配置方法的流程示意图。如图3所示,本发明实施例从用户终端侧阐述无线接入点的配置方法的具体流程,该方法可以包括以下步骤S301-步骤S302。FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart diagram of still another method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the embodiment of the present invention describes a specific process of a method for configuring a wireless access point from a user terminal, and the method may include the following steps S301 to S302.
S301,接收基站采用广播信令输出的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令输出的第二类型的接入点移动集;S301. Receive a second type of access point mobility set that is output by the base station by using a first type of access point mobility set output by the base station or output by using unicast signaling.
S302,配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集;S302. Configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
具体的,基站可以通过广播信令的方式对所服务的小区内包含的用户终端输出第一类型的接入点移动集,所述广播信令优选为SIB信令等,通过对第一 类型的接入点移动集进行广播,可以无需分别为小区内的用户终端单独配置一个接入点移动集,节省了信令开销。所述用户终端接收所广播的所述第一类型的接入点移动集,并基于所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行配置;Specifically, the base station may output a first type of access point mobility set to the user terminal included in the served cell by means of broadcast signaling, where the broadcast signaling is preferably SIB signaling, etc. A type of access point mobility set is broadcast, and it is not necessary to separately configure one access point mobility set for user terminals in the cell, which saves signaling overhead. Receiving, by the user terminal, the first type of access point movement set that is broadcast, and configuring according to the first type of access point movement set;
所述基站可以通过单播信令的方式对需要无线业务增值的用户终端输出第二类型的接入点移动集,所述单播信令优选为单播的RRC信令,通过采用单播信令的方式对第二类型的接入点移动集进行传输,可以满足所服务的小区中不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量。The base station may output a second type of access point mobility set to a user terminal that needs to add value for the wireless service by using unicast signaling, where the unicast signaling is preferably unicast RRC signaling, by using a unicast signal. The method of transmitting the second type of access point mobility set can meet the service requirements of different user terminals in the served cell, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
需要说明的是,用户终端在属于同一个第一类型的接入点移动集中或属于同一个第二类型的接入点移动集中的无线接入点间进行切换时,可以无需受到所述基站的控制,即无需与所述基站进行信令交互,节省了信令开销;而在不属于同一个第一类型的接入点移动集中或不属于同一个第二类型的接入点移动集中的无线接入点间进行切换时,则需要受到所述基站的控制。It should be noted that, when the user terminal performs handover between the access point mobility groups belonging to the same first type or the access point mobility groups belonging to the same second type of access point, the user terminal may not need to be subjected to the base station. Control, that is, without signaling interaction with the base station, saving signaling overhead; and wireless in an access point mobile set that does not belong to the same first type of access point or does not belong to the same second type of access point mobile set When switching between access points, it needs to be controlled by the base station.
所述用户终端可以接收基站采用广播信令输出的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令输出的第二类型的接入点移动集,并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集。The user terminal may receive a first type of access point mobility set output by the base station by using a broadcast signaling, or output a second type of access point movement set output by using unicast signaling, and configure the first type of An access point move set or a second type of access point move set.
进一步的,针对所述第一类型的接入点移动集,所述基站可以获取OAM设备生成的第一类型的接入点移动集,所述OAM设备可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集,并将所述第一类型的接入点移动集传输至所述基站;或者,所述基站可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集。所述预先配置的分组条件可以包括所述非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点的分布区域和所述分布区域的历史信息中的至少一种,所述分布区域用于表示所述多个无线接入点中每个无线接入点所处位置或者所分布的区域等,例如:某个人群密集的商业区域等;所述分布区域的历史信息用于表示所述分布区域历史的流量信息等。Further, for the first type of access point mobility set, the base station may acquire a first type of access point mobility set generated by the OAM device, and the OAM device may perform non-authorization based on pre-configured grouping conditions. Multiple wireless access points in the frequency band region are grouped to generate a first type of access point mobility set, and transmit the first type of access point mobility set to the base station; or the base station may A plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band region are grouped based on pre-configured grouping conditions to generate a first type of access point move set. The pre-configured grouping condition may include at least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and historical information of the distribution area, the distribution area being used to indicate the plurality of The location of each wireless access point or the distributed area, etc., for example, a crowded commercial area, etc.; the historical information of the distribution area is used to indicate the traffic of the distribution area history Information, etc.
针对所述第二类型的接入点移动集,所述基站可以基于用户终端的终端信息,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二类型的接入点移动集,作为所述第二类型的接入点移动集的分组条件的所述终端信息可以为所述用户终端的物理移动信息,所述用户终端的物理移动信息可以包括所述 用户终端的移动方向和移动轨迹。For the second type of access point mobility set, the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second type of access point movement. The terminal information that is a grouping condition of the second type of access point mobility set may be physical mobility information of the user terminal, and the physical mobility information of the user terminal may include the The moving direction and moving trajectory of the user terminal.
需要说明的是,所述接入点移动集包括至少一个无线接入点中每个无线接入点的接入点信息,所述每个无线接入点的接入点信息可以包括但不限于所述每个无线接入点的SSID、BSSID、HESSID;所述第一类型的接入点移动集为默认配置的所述接入点移动集,即默认可以为所有接入小区的用户终端分配的接入点移动集;所述第二类型的接入点移动集为针对所述用户终端所配置的所述接入点移动集,即针对需要无线业务增值的用户终端所配置的接入点移动集。可以理解的是,所述第一类型的接入点移动集的数量和所述第二类型的接入点移动集的数量均可以为一个或多个,具体由分组时所基于的分组条件所决定。It should be noted that the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point may include but is not limited to The SSID, the BSSID, and the HESSID of each of the access points; the access point mobility set of the first type is a default set of the access point mobility set, that is, the user terminal of all the access cells may be allocated by default. Access point mobility set; the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal, that is, an access point configured for a user terminal requiring wireless service value addition Move set. It can be understood that the number of access point movement sets of the first type and the number of access point movement sets of the second type may both be one or more, specifically by the grouping conditions on which the grouping is based. Decide.
在本发明实施例中,基站通过获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,并采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,用户终端可以接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。通过采用接入点移动集的方式,使得用户终端在移动过程中可以在接入点移动集自动检测并连接无线接入点,提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,进而保证了无线业务的连续性,提升了无线业务的处理效率,同时,通过广播信令的方式对用户终端广播第一类型的接入点移动集,可以无需单独为用户终端进行配置,节省了信令开销,而通过单播信令的方式对用户终端传输第二类型的接入点移动集,可以满足不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量。In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or The second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling, and the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set. By adopting the access point movement set, the user terminal can automatically detect and connect the wireless access point in the access point mobile set during the mobile process, thereby improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the wireless service. Continuity improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service. At the same time, the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead. The unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
请参见图4,为本发明实施例提供了又一种无线接入点的配置方法的流程示意图。如图4所示,本发明实施例从用户终端侧阐述无线接入点的配置方法的具体流程,该方法可以包括以下步骤S401-步骤S407。FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart diagram of still another method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4, the embodiment of the present invention describes a specific process of a method for configuring a wireless access point from a user terminal, and the method may include the following steps S401 to S407.
S401,向基站发送用户终端的终端参数;S401. Send a terminal parameter of the user terminal to the base station.
具体的,用户终端可以向基站发送所述用户终端的终端参数,所述终端参数用于表示所述用户终端可以接收的信令能力,所述基站根据所述终端参数确定针对所述用户终端的信令传输方式,所述信令传输方式为广播信令的输出方式或单播信令的输出方式。具体的,为了适应物联网的发展,未来的用户终端 可能存在多种类型,不同类型的用户终端之间的能力不同,该能力可以包括该用户终端可以接受信令的能力。某种能力的用户终端可能不能支持单播信令的接受方式。需要说明的是,用户终端可以生成关于自身能力的报告,该能力报告可以包括该用户终端是否具有支持单播信令能力的信息。基站可以对用户终端关于的能力进行询问,用户终端基于该询问生成相应的能力报告并将该能力报告发送给基站。用户终端可以处于多个基站(例如:eNodeB)的覆盖范围内。可以在这些基站中选择一个基站以服务所述用户终端。可以基于诸如接收功率、路径损耗、信噪比(SNR)等各种标准来选择服务的基站。所述基站是被指定为在下行链路上和/或上行链路上服务所述用户终端的基站。本文中所说的基站,通常指的是服务于该用户终端的基站。Specifically, the user terminal may send the terminal parameter of the user terminal to the base station, where the terminal parameter is used to indicate the signaling capability that the user terminal can receive, and the base station determines, according to the terminal parameter, the user terminal. In the signaling transmission mode, the signaling transmission mode is an output mode of broadcast signaling or an output mode of unicast signaling. Specifically, in order to adapt to the development of the Internet of Things, future user terminals There may be multiple types, and the capabilities between different types of user terminals may be different, and the capabilities may include the ability of the user terminal to accept signaling. User terminals of a certain capability may not be able to support the acceptance of unicast signaling. It should be noted that the user terminal may generate a report about its own capability, and the capability report may include whether the user terminal has information supporting unicast signaling capability. The base station may query the capabilities of the user terminal, and the user terminal generates a corresponding capability report based on the query and sends the capability report to the base station. The user terminal can be within the coverage of multiple base stations (eg, eNodeBs). One of the base stations may be selected to serve the user terminal. The base station of the service can be selected based on various criteria such as received power, path loss, signal to noise ratio (SNR), and the like. The base station is a base station designated to serve the user terminal on the downlink and/or uplink. A base station as used herein generally refers to a base station serving the user terminal.
S402,接收基站采用广播信令输出的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令输出的第二类型的接入点移动集;S402. Receive a second type of access point mobility set that is output by the base station by using a first type of access point mobility set output by the base station or output by using unicast signaling.
具体的,基站可以通过广播信令的方式对所服务的小区内包含的用户终端输出第一类型的接入点移动集,所述广播信令优选为SIB信令等,通过对第一类型的接入点移动集进行广播,可以无需分别为小区内的用户终端单独配置一个接入点移动集,节省了信令开销。所述用户终端接收所广播的所述第一类型的接入点移动集;Specifically, the base station may output a first type of access point mobility set to the user equipment included in the served cell by means of broadcast signaling, where the broadcast signaling is preferably SIB signaling, etc., by using the first type The access point mobility set is broadcasted, and it is not necessary to separately configure one access point mobility set for the user terminals in the cell, which saves signaling overhead. Receiving, by the user terminal, the first type of access point movement set broadcasted;
所述基站可以通过单播信令的方式对需要无线业务增值的用户终端输出第二类型的接入点移动集,所述单播信令优选为单播的RRC信令,通过采用单播信令的方式对第二类型的接入点移动集进行传输,可以满足所服务的小区中不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量。The base station may output a second type of access point mobility set to a user terminal that needs to add value for the wireless service by using unicast signaling, where the unicast signaling is preferably unicast RRC signaling, by using a unicast signal. The method of transmitting the second type of access point mobility set can meet the service requirements of different user terminals in the served cell, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
需要说明的是,用户终端在属于同一个第一类型的接入点移动集中或属于同一个第二类型的接入点移动集中的无线接入点间进行切换时,可以无需受到所述基站的控制,即无需与所述基站进行信令交互,节省了信令开销;而在不属于同一个第一类型的接入点移动集中或不属于同一个第二类型的接入点移动集中的无线接入点间进行切换时,则需要受到所述基站的控制。It should be noted that, when the user terminal performs handover between the access point mobility groups belonging to the same first type or the access point mobility groups belonging to the same second type of access point, the user terminal may not need to be subjected to the base station. Control, that is, without signaling interaction with the base station, saving signaling overhead; and wireless in an access point mobile set that does not belong to the same first type of access point or does not belong to the same second type of access point mobile set When switching between access points, it needs to be controlled by the base station.
所述用户终端可以接收基站采用广播信令输出的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令输出的第二类型的接入点移动集。The user terminal may receive a second type of access point mobility set that is output by the base station using the first type of access point mobility set output by the base station or output by using unicast signaling.
进一步的,针对所述第一类型的接入点移动集,所述基站可以获取OAM 设备生成的第一类型的接入点移动集,所述OAM设备可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集,并将所述第一类型的接入点移动集传输至所述基站;或者,所述基站可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集。所述预先配置的分组条件可以包括所述非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点的分布区域和所述分布区域的历史信息中的至少一种,所述分布区域用于表示所述多个无线接入点中每个无线接入点所处位置或者所分布的区域等,例如:某个人群密集的商业区域等;所述分布区域的历史信息用于表示所述分布区域历史的流量信息等。Further, for the first type of access point mobility set, the base station may acquire OAM a first type of access point mobility set generated by the device, the OAM device may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region to generate a first type of access point based on pre-configured packet conditions Moving the set and transmitting the first type of access point move set to the base station; or the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed band area based on pre-configured packet conditions To generate a first type of access point move set. The pre-configured grouping condition may include at least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and historical information of the distribution area, the distribution area being used to indicate the plurality of The location of each wireless access point or the distributed area, etc., for example, a crowded commercial area, etc.; the historical information of the distribution area is used to indicate the traffic of the distribution area history Information, etc.
针对所述第二类型的接入点移动集,所述基站可以基于用户终端的终端信息,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二类型的接入点移动集,作为所述第二类型的接入点移动集的分组条件的所述终端信息可以为所述用户终端的物理移动信息,所述用户终端的物理移动信息可以包括所述用户终端的移动方向和移动轨迹。For the second type of access point mobility set, the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second type of access point movement. The terminal information that is a grouping condition of the second type of access point mobility set may be physical mobility information of the user terminal, and the physical mobility information of the user terminal may include a moving direction of the user terminal. And moving tracks.
需要说明的是,所述接入点移动集包括至少一个无线接入点中每个无线接入点的接入点信息,所述每个无线接入点的接入点信息可以包括但不限于所述每个无线接入点的SSID、BSSID、HESSID;所述第一类型的接入点移动集为默认配置的所述接入点移动集,即默认可以为所有接入小区的用户终端分配的接入点移动集;所述第二类型的接入点移动集为针对所述用户终端所配置的所述接入点移动集,即针对需要无线业务增值的用户终端所配置的接入点移动集。可以理解的是,所述第一类型的接入点移动集的数量和所述第二类型的接入点移动集的数量均可以为一个或多个,具体由分组时所基于的分组条件所决定。It should be noted that the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point may include but is not limited to The SSID, the BSSID, and the HESSID of each of the access points; the access point mobility set of the first type is a default set of the access point mobility set, that is, the user terminal of all the access cells may be allocated by default. Access point mobility set; the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal, that is, an access point configured for a user terminal requiring wireless service value addition Move set. It can be understood that the number of access point movement sets of the first type and the number of access point movement sets of the second type may both be one or more, specifically by the grouping conditions on which the grouping is based. Decide.
S403,在接收所述基站采用广播信令输出的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令输出的第二类型的接入点移动集时,接收所述基站采用广播信令输出的所述第一类型的接入点移动集的第一移动集标识或采用单播信令输出的所述第二类型的接入点移动集的第二移动集标识;S403. When receiving the first type of access point mobility set output by the base station by using broadcast signaling or the second type of access point mobility set output by using unicast signaling, receiving the base station by using broadcast signaling output a first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set or a second mobile set identifier of the second type access point mobility set output by unicast signaling;
具体的,所述基站在采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出时,还可以同时采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集的第一移动集标识进行输出或采 用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集的第二移动集标识进行输出,可以理解的是,所述第一移动集标识和第二移动集标识包含所述接入点移动集所属基站的基站标识。Specifically, when the base station outputs the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or outputs the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling, Outputting or extracting the first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling Outputting the second mobile set identifier of the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling, it may be understood that the first mobility set identifier and the second mobility set identifier include the access point The base station identifier of the base station to which the mobile set belongs.
所述用户终端在接收所述基站采用广播信令输出的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令输出的第二类型的接入点移动集时,接收所述基站采用广播信令输出的所述第一类型的接入点移动集的第一移动集标识或采用单播信令输出的所述第二类型的接入点移动集的第二移动集标识。通过向用户终端输出包含基站标识的移动集标识,使得用户终端在基站间切换时,可以快速定位当前接入的基站,并准确获取所接入的基站的接入点移动集,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率。Receiving, by the user terminal, the broadcast signal received by the base station when receiving the first type of access point mobility set output by the base station by using the broadcast signaling or the second type of access point mobility set output by using the unicast signaling And causing the output of the first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set or the second mobile set identity of the second type of access point mobility set output by unicast signaling. By outputting the mobile set identifier including the identifier of the base station to the user terminal, the user terminal can quickly locate the currently accessed base station when the user terminal switches between the base stations, and accurately acquire the access point mobile set of the accessed base station, further improving the The connection efficiency of the wireless access point.
S404,配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集;S404. Configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
具体的,所述用户终端配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集。Specifically, the user terminal configures the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
进一步的,若所述用户终端向所述基站传输优先级信息、网络启动状态和物理移动变化信息中的至少一种移动集更新信息,或者若所述基站检测到无线接入点的位置更新信息和/或接入信息等接入点变化信息,可以转入执行步骤S405;若所述用户终端进行接入点切换,则转入执行步骤S407。Further, if the user terminal transmits at least one of the priority information, the network startup state, and the physical mobility change information to the base station, or if the base station detects the location update information of the wireless access point And access point change information such as access information may be transferred to step S405; if the user terminal performs access point switching, the process proceeds to step S407.
S405,接收所述基站采用广播信令输出的更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令输出的更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;S405. Receive an access point mobility set of the first type that is updated by the base station by using the broadcast signaling, or a second type of access point mobility set after the update processing by using the unicast signaling output.
具体的,所述用户终端可以向所述基站传输所述用户终端的优先级信息、网络启动状态和物理移动变化信息中的至少一种移动集更新信息时,或者所述基站检测到无线接入点的位置更新信息和/或接入信息等接入点变化信息时,可以触发所述基站对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行更新,以生成更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集。Specifically, the user terminal may transmit, to the base station, at least one of the priority information, the network startup state, and the physical mobility change information of the user terminal, or the base station detects the wireless access. When the location update information of the point and/or the access point change information such as the access information, the base station may be triggered to update the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set. And generating an access point movement set of the first type after the update processing or updating the second type of access point movement set after the processing.
可选的,针对优先级信息,用户终端可以向所述基站发送所述用户终端的优先级信息,所述基站获取所述用户终端的优先级信息,可以检测所述用户终端的优先级信息,所述优先级信息可以包括第一优先级和第二优先级中的任一种,若所述优先级信息为第一优先级,则表明所述用户终端预先进行业务需求 增值的办理,需要对具备第一优先级的用户终端提供专属的业务服务,所述基站可以根据所述用户终端的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点再次进行分组,以生成第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,所述用户终端可以接收所述基站采用单播信令输出的所述第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;若所述优先级信息为第二优先级,则表明所述用户终端未进行业务需求增值的办理,只需满足基本的业务服务即可,即无需生成新的接入点移动集;Optionally, for the priority information, the user terminal may send the priority information of the user terminal to the base station, where the base station acquires the priority information of the user terminal, and may detect the priority information of the user terminal, The priority information may include any one of the first priority and the second priority. If the priority information is the first priority, the user terminal needs to perform business requirements in advance. The value-added processing needs to provide a dedicated service service to the user terminal having the first priority, and the base station may further group the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the terminal information of the user terminal, Generating a second type of access point mobility set after the first update process, where the user terminal may receive the second type of access point mobility set after the first update processing by the base station by using unicast signaling If the priority information is the second priority, it indicates that the user terminal does not perform the service demand value addition, and only needs to satisfy the basic service service, that is, it is not necessary to generate a new access point mobility set;
可选的,针对网络启动状态,所述用户终端可以将当前所述用户终端的网络启动状态发送至所述基站,所述基站获取所述用户终端的网络启动状态,当所述网络启动状态表示为所述用户终端在开启了LTE网络和无线局域网的融合时,所述基站可以根据所述用户终端的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点再次进行分组,以生成第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,所述用户终端可以接收所述基站采用单播信令输出的所述第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;Optionally, for the network startup state, the user terminal may send a network startup state of the current user terminal to the base station, where the base station acquires a network startup state of the user terminal, where the network startup state is represented. When the user terminal is enabled to merge the LTE network and the wireless local area network, the base station may further group the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second And updating the processed access point movement set of the second type, the user terminal may receive the second type of access point movement set after the second update processing by the base station by using unicast signaling;
可选的,针对物理移动变化信息,所述用户终端可以基于前述所述用户终端的物理移动信息,对当前所述用户终端的移动方向和移动轨迹进行判断,当移动方向和/或移动轨迹发生变化时,可以基于变化后的物理移动信息生成物理移动变化信息,所述用户终端可以将所述物理移动变化信息发送至所述基站,所述基站获取所述用户终端的物理移动变化信息,并根据所述物理移动变化信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点再次进行分组,以生成第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,所述用户终端可以接收所述基站采用单播信令输出的所述第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;Optionally, for the physical mobility change information, the user terminal may determine, according to the physical movement information of the user terminal, the current moving direction and the moving trajectory of the user terminal, when the moving direction and/or the moving trajectory occurs. When the change is performed, the physical mobility change information may be generated based on the changed physical mobility information, where the user terminal may send the physical mobility change information to the base station, where the base station acquires physical mobility change information of the user terminal, and And re-grouping the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the physical movement change information to generate a second type of access point movement set after the third update process, where the user terminal may receive the The third type of access point movement set after the third update processing is output by the base station by using the unicast signaling;
需要说明的是,针对用户终端传输的优先级信息、网络启动状态和物理移动变化信息中的至少一种移动集更新信息,可以进行多种组合方式,例如:当所述用户终端的优先级信息为第一优先级,并且网络启动状态表示为所述用户终端在开启了LTE网络和无线局域网的融合时,再触发所述基站生成更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集等,具体组合方式可以由运营商进行设置。It should be noted that, for at least one of the priority information, the network startup state, and the physical mobility change information transmitted by the user terminal, multiple combinations may be performed, for example, when the priority information of the user terminal is used. The first priority, and the network startup state is represented by the user terminal, when the convergence of the LTE network and the wireless local area network is enabled, and then triggering the base station to generate the second type of access point movement set after the update processing, etc. The combination method can be set by the operator.
可选的,针对位置更新信息,所述基站在所述非授权频段区域中检测存在第一无线接入点的位置更新信息,所述基站可以根据所述位置更新信息所指示 的所述第一无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第四更新处理,所述用户终端可以接收所述基站采用广播信令输出的所述第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令输出的所述第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;Optionally, for the location update information, the base station detects location update information of the first wireless access point in the unlicensed frequency band region, where the base station may be indicated according to the location update information. The location of the first wireless access point is subjected to a fourth update process for the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and the user terminal may receive The base station adopts the fourth update processing of the first type of access point mobility set output by the broadcast signaling or the second type of access point movement after the fourth update processing output by using unicast signaling set;
可选的,针对接入信息,所述基站在所述非授权频段区域中检测存在第二无线接入点的接入信息,所述基站可以根据所述接入信息所指示的所述第二无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第五更新处理,所述用户终端可以接收所述基站采用广播信令输出的所述第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令输出的所述第五更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集。Optionally, for the access information, the base station detects, in the unlicensed frequency band region, access information of the second wireless access point, where the base station may be according to the second indicated by the access information. a location of the wireless access point, performing a fifth update process on the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, where the user terminal may receive the base station adopting a broadcast The fifth type of access point movement set after the fifth update processing of the signaling output or the second type of access point movement set after the fifth update processing output by using unicast signaling.
S406,采用所述基站采用广播信令输出的更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令输出的更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;S406: The first type of access point mobility set that is updated by the base station by using the broadcast signaling, or the second type of access point mobility set that is processed by using the unicast signaling output, and the update is configured. The first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
具体的,所述用户终端可以采用所述基站采用广播信令输出的更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令输出的更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。Specifically, the user terminal may adopt an access point mobility set of the first type that is updated by the base station by using the broadcast signaling, or a second type of access point after the update processing by using the unicast signaling output. Moving the set, updating the configured first type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set.
可选的,针对优先级信息,所述用户终端可以采用所述第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;Optionally, for the priority information, the user terminal may use the second type of access point mobility set after the first update process to update the configured first type access point mobility set or location. The second type of access point movement set;
可选的,针对网络启动状态,所述用户终端可以采用所述第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;Optionally, for the network startup state, the user terminal may use the second type of access point mobility set after the second update process to update the configured first type access point mobility set or location. The second type of access point movement set;
可选的,针对物理移动变化信息,所述用户终端可以采用所述第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;Optionally, for the physical mobility change information, the user terminal may use the third type of access point mobility set after the third update process to update the configured first type access point mobility set or The second type of access point movement set;
可选的,针对位置更新信息,所述用户终端可以采用所述第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动 集。Optionally, for the location update information, the user terminal may adopt the first type of access point mobility set after the fourth update process or the second type of access point mobility set after the fourth update process Updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
可选的,针对接入信息,所述用户终端可以采用所述第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二更新处理后的第五类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。Optionally, for the access information, the user terminal may adopt the first type of access point mobility set after the fifth update processing or the fifth type of access point mobility set after the second update process. And updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
可以理解的是,上述更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集的过程优选为替换所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集的过程。It can be understood that the process of updating the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set configured by the foregoing update is preferably replacing the configured first type of access point. The process of moving a set or the second type of access point move set.
需要说明的是,在更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集后,若所述用户终端进行接入点切换,则转入执行步骤S407。It should be noted that, after updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, if the user terminal performs an access point handover, the implementation is performed. Step S407.
S407,当所述用户终端在非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点中,从源无线接入点切换至目标无线接入点时,向所述基站发送所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息;S407. When the user terminal switches from a source wireless access point to a target wireless access point among multiple wireless access points in an unlicensed frequency band region, sending the target wireless access point to the base station. Access point information;
具体的,当所述用户终端在非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点中,从源无线接入点切换至目标无线接入点时,例如:随着所述用户终端的移动,所述用户终端与源无线接入点的连接信号逐步减弱,此时需要连接到信号更强的目标无线接入点等,可以理解的是,所述源无线接入点与所述目标无线接入点均属于所述非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点中的无线接入点,所述用户终端可以在接入所述目标无线接入点后,向所述基站发送所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息,所述基站获取所述用户终端发送的所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息。Specifically, when the user terminal switches from the source wireless access point to the target wireless access point among the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band area, for example, as the user terminal moves, The connection signal between the user terminal and the source wireless access point is gradually weakened. In this case, it is required to connect to a target wireless access point with a stronger signal. It can be understood that the source wireless access point and the target wireless access point. The points all belong to the wireless access point of the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band area, and the user terminal may send the target wireless to the base station after accessing the target wireless access point The access point information of the access point, where the base station acquires access point information of the target wireless access point sent by the user terminal.
所述基站可以将准备分流至所述源无线接入点的且属于所述用户终端的业务数据或者已经分流至所述源无线接入点的且属于所述用户终端的业务数据,按照所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息发送至所述目标无线接入点。在无线接入点切换过程中,通过用户终端主动上报切换后的无线接入点的接入点信号,可以使得业务数据准确分流至用户终端,进一步提升了无线业务的处理效率,有效的保证了无线业务的连续性。The base station may be configured to offload service data that belongs to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal or service data that has been offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal, according to the The access point information of the target wireless access point is sent to the target wireless access point. In the process of the wireless access point switching, the user terminal actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point, so that the service data can be accurately distributed to the user terminal, thereby further improving the processing efficiency of the wireless service, and effectively guaranteeing The continuity of wireless services.
在本发明实施例中,基站通过获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,并采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采 用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,用户终端可以接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。通过采用接入点移动集的方式,使得用户终端在移动过程中可以在接入点移动集自动检测并连接无线接入点,提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,进而保证了无线业务的连续性,提升了无线业务的处理效率,同时,通过广播信令的方式对用户终端广播第一类型的接入点移动集,可以无需单独为用户终端进行配置,节省了信令开销,而通过单播信令的方式对用户终端传输第二类型的接入点移动集,可以满足不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量;通过向用户终端输出包含基站标识的移动集标识,使得用户终端在基站间切换时,可以快速定位当前接入的基站,并准确获取所接入的基站的接入点移动集,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率;通过用户终端主动上报切换后的无线接入点的接入点信号,可以使得业务数据准确分流至用户终端,进一步提升了无线业务的处理效率,有效的保证了无线业务的连续性。In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or Pick The second type of access point mobility set is output by unicast signaling, and the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set. By adopting the access point movement set, the user terminal can automatically detect and connect the wireless access point in the access point mobile set during the mobile process, thereby improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the wireless service. Continuity improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service. At the same time, the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead. The unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, effectively guarantees the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service; and outputs the base station identifier by outputting to the user terminal. The mobile set identifier enables the user terminal to quickly locate the currently accessed base station when the user terminal switches between the base stations, and accurately acquires the access point mobility set of the accessed base station, thereby further improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point; After the user terminal actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point, the service data can be made accurate. Split to the user terminal, to further improve the processing efficiency of wireless service, effectively ensures the continuity of the wireless services.
下面将引用一具体例子对本发明实施例提供的无线接入点的配置方法进行详细介绍。A method for configuring a wireless access point according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to a specific example.
请参见图5,椭圆A所在区域表示为授权频段区域,椭圆B所在区域表示为非授权频段区域,基站(图5示LET eNB)可以与无线局域网终端基于Xw接口获取与所述无线局域网终端相连接的且处于非授权频段区域的多个无线接入点的接入点信息,如图5所示,包括#1、#2、#3、#4、#5、#6、#7、#8、#9和#10,10个无线接入点的接入点信息。Referring to FIG. 5, the area where the ellipse A is located is represented as the licensed frequency band area, and the area where the ellipse B is located is indicated as the unlicensed frequency band area, and the base station (FIG. 5 shows the LET eNB) can acquire the wireless local area network terminal based on the Xw interface with the wireless local area network terminal. The access point information of multiple wireless access points connected and in the unlicensed frequency band area, as shown in FIG. 5, includes #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7,# 8, #9 and #10, access point information of 10 wireless access points.
所述基站可以获取OAM设备(图中未示出)生成的第一类型的接入点移动集,所述OAM设备可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集,并将所述第一类型的接入点移动集传输至所述基站;或者,所述基站可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集。所述预先配置的分组条件可以包括所述非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点的分布区域和所述分布区域的历史信息中的至少一种,所述分布区域用于表示所述多个无线接入点中每个无线接入点所处位置或者所分布的区 域等,例如:某个人群密集的商业区域等;所述分布区域的历史信息用于表示所述分布区域历史的流量信息等。如图5所示,基于预先配置的分组条件生成3个第一类型的接入点移动集(虚线椭圆示出),可以包括(#1,#2,#3)、(#4,#5,#6,#7)、(#8,#9,#10)。针对所述第二类型的接入点移动集,所述基站可以基于用户终端的终端信息,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二类型的接入点移动集,作为所述第二类型的接入点移动集的分组条件的所述终端信息可以为所述用户终端的物理移动信息,所述用户终端的物理移动信息可以包括所述用户终端的移动方向和移动轨迹。如图5所示,基于用户终端UE2的终端信息生成3个第二类型的接入点移动集(实线圆圈示出),可以包括(#1)、(#2),(#3)。The base station may acquire a first type of access point mobility set generated by an OAM device (not shown), and the OAM device may perform multiple radio accesses in an unlicensed frequency band region based on pre-configured packet conditions. The points are grouped to generate a first type of access point mobility set, and the first type of access point mobility set is transmitted to the base station; or the base station may be based on pre-configured grouping conditions, Multiple wireless access points in the licensed band region are grouped to generate a first type of access point move set. The pre-configured grouping condition may include at least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and historical information of the distribution area, the distribution area being used to indicate the plurality of The location or distribution of each wireless access point in each wireless access point A domain or the like, for example, a crowded commercial area or the like; the history information of the distribution area is used to indicate flow information of the distribution area history and the like. As shown in FIG. 5, three first types of access point movement sets (shown by dashed ovals) are generated based on pre-configured grouping conditions, which may include (#1, #2, #3), (#4, #5). , #6, #7), (#8, #9, #10). For the second type of access point mobility set, the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second type of access point movement. The terminal information that is a grouping condition of the second type of access point mobility set may be physical mobility information of the user terminal, and the physical mobility information of the user terminal may include a moving direction of the user terminal. And moving tracks. As shown in FIG. 5, three second types of access point movement sets (shown by solid circles) are generated based on the terminal information of the user terminal UE2, and may include (#1), (#2), (#3).
用户终端UE1和UE2可以分别向基站上报各自的终端参数,例如:UE1的终端参数表示其只能接收的信令为广播信令,UE2的终端参数表示其能同时接收广播信令和单播信令,基站可以向UE1广播第一类型的接入点移动集,而向UE2单播第二类型的接入点移动集,可以理解的是,第二类型的接入点移动集的优先级要高于第一类型的接入点移动集,即表示采用第二类型的接入点移动集可以为用户终端提供更高级别的无线业务服务。UE1接收并配置第一类型的接入点移动集,并接收基站发送的第一类型的接入点移动集的移动集标识,UE2接收并配置第二类型的接入点移动集,并接收基站发送的第二类型的接入点移动集的移动集标识。The user terminals UE1 and UE2 can report their respective terminal parameters to the base station, for example, the terminal parameter of UE1 indicates that the signaling that can only be received is broadcast signaling, and the terminal parameter of UE2 indicates that it can receive both broadcast signaling and unicast signaling. Let the base station broadcast the first type of access point mobility set to UE1 and unicast the second type of access point mobility set to UE2. It can be understood that the priority of the second type of access point mobility set is Higher than the first type of access point mobility set, indicating that the second type of access point mobility set can provide a higher level of wireless service service for the user terminal. UE1 receives and configures a first type of access point mobility set, and receives a mobile set identifier of a first type of access point mobility set sent by the base station, and UE2 receives and configures a second type of access point mobility set, and receives the base station. The mobile set identifier of the second type of access point move set sent.
若当前UE1从源无线接入点#6切换至目标无线接入点#7,UE1需要将目标无线接入点#7的接入点信息发送至基站,基站将分流至源无线接入点#6的且属于UE1的业务数据,按照目标无线接入点#7的接入点信息发送至目标无线接入点#7,并由目标无线接入点#7将业务数据传输至UE1。If the current UE1 switches from the source wireless access point #6 to the target wireless access point #7, the UE1 needs to send the access point information of the target wireless access point #7 to the base station, and the base station will offload to the source wireless access point # The service data of 6 and belonging to UE1 is transmitted to the target wireless access point #7 according to the access point information of the target wireless access point #7, and the service data is transmitted to the UE1 by the target wireless access point #7.
或者UE2从源无线接入点#1切换至目标无线接入点#2,UE2需要将目标无线接入点#2的接入点信息发送至基站,基站将分流至源无线接入点#1的且属于UE2的业务数据,按照目标无线接入点#2的接入点信息发送至目标无线接入点#2,并由目标无线接入点#7将业务数据传输至UE2。Or UE2 switches from source wireless access point #1 to target wireless access point #2, UE2 needs to send the access point information of target wireless access point #2 to the base station, and the base station will offload to source wireless access point #1 The service data belonging to UE2 is transmitted to the target wireless access point #2 according to the access point information of the target wireless access point #2, and the service data is transmitted to the UE2 by the target wireless access point #7.
在本发明实施例中,基站通过获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,并采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采 用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,用户终端可以接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。通过采用接入点移动集的方式,使得用户终端在移动过程中可以在接入点移动集自动检测并连接无线接入点,提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,进而保证了无线业务的连续性,提升了无线业务的处理效率,同时,通过广播信令的方式对用户终端广播第一类型的接入点移动集,可以无需单独为用户终端进行配置,节省了信令开销,而通过单播信令的方式对用户终端传输第二类型的接入点移动集,可以满足不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量;通过与无线局域网终端建立通信连接,可以及时、动态的获得与无线局域网终端相连的无线接入点的最新状态,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,保证了业务数据分流的时效性;通过向用户终端输出包含基站标识的移动集标识,使得用户终端在基站间切换时,可以快速定位当前接入的基站,并准确获取所接入的基站的接入点移动集,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率;通过用户终端主动上报切换后的无线接入点的接入点信号,可以使得业务数据准确分流至用户终端,进一步提升了无线业务的处理效率,有效的保证了无线业务的连续性。In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or Pick The second type of access point mobility set is output by unicast signaling, and the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set. By adopting the access point movement set, the user terminal can automatically detect and connect the wireless access point in the access point mobile set during the mobile process, thereby improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the wireless service. Continuity improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service. At the same time, the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead. The unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, effectively guarantees the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service, and establishes a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal. The latest state of the wireless access point connected to the wireless local area network terminal can be obtained in a timely and dynamic manner, further improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, ensuring the timeliness of service data offloading, and outputting the base station identifier by outputting to the user terminal Mobile set identifier, so that when the user terminal switches between base stations, it can be quickly determined The currently accessed base station, and accurately obtains the access point mobility set of the accessed base station, further improves the connection efficiency with the wireless access point; and actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point through the user terminal The service data can be accurately distributed to the user terminal, which further improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service and effectively ensures the continuity of the wireless service.
下面将结合附图6和附图7,对本发明实施例提供的基站进行详细介绍。需要说明的是,附图6和附图7所示的基站,用于执行本发明图1和图2所示实施例的方法,为了便于说明,仅示出了与本发明实施例相关的部分,具体技术细节未揭示的,请参照本发明图1和图2所示的实施例。The base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 6 and FIG. It should be noted that the base stations shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 are used to perform the method of the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 of the present invention. For the convenience of description, only the parts related to the embodiment of the present invention are shown. For specific technical details not disclosed, please refer to the embodiment shown in Figs. 1 and 2 of the present invention.
请参见图6,为本发明实施例提供了一种基站的结构示意图。如图6所示,本发明实施例的所述基站1可以包括:移动集获取单元101和移动集输出单元102。FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, the base station 1 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a mobile set acquisition unit 101 and a mobile set output unit 102.
移动集获取单元101,用于获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集;a mobile set obtaining unit 101, configured to acquire a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set;
具体实现中,所述移动集获取单元101可以获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,优选的,针对所述第一类型的接入点移动集,所述移动集获取单元101可以获取OAM设备生成的第一类型的接入点移动集, 所述OAM设备可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集,并将所述第一类型的接入点移动集传输至所述基站1;或者,所述移动集获取单元101可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集。所述预先配置的分组条件可以包括所述非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点的分布区域和所述分布区域的历史信息中的至少一种,所述分布区域用于表示所述多个无线接入点中每个无线接入点所处位置或者所分布的区域等,例如:某个人群密集的商业区域等;所述分布区域的历史信息用于表示所述分布区域历史的流量信息等。In a specific implementation, the mobility set obtaining unit 101 may acquire a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set, and preferably, for the first type of access point mobility set, The mobile set obtaining unit 101 may acquire a first type of access point movement set generated by the OAM device, The OAM device may group multiple wireless access points in an unlicensed frequency band region based on pre-configured grouping conditions to generate a first type of access point mobility set, and connect the first type of access a point move set transmission to the base station 1; or, the move set acquisition unit 101 may group a plurality of wireless access points in an unlicensed band area based on pre-configured packet conditions to generate a first type of connection Into the move set. The pre-configured grouping condition may include at least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and historical information of the distribution area, the distribution area being used to indicate the plurality of The location of each wireless access point or the distributed area, etc., for example, a crowded commercial area, etc.; the historical information of the distribution area is used to indicate the traffic of the distribution area history Information, etc.
针对所述第二类型的接入点移动集,所述移动集获取单元101可以基于用户终端的终端信息,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二类型的接入点移动集,作为所述第二类型的接入点移动集的分组条件的所述终端信息可以为所述用户终端的物理移动信息,所述用户终端的物理移动信息可以包括所述用户终端的移动方向和移动轨迹。For the second type of access point mobility set, the mobility set obtaining unit 101 may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second type of The access point movement set, the terminal information as a grouping condition of the second type of access point movement set may be physical movement information of the user terminal, and the physical movement information of the user terminal may include the user The direction of movement and movement of the terminal.
需要说明的是,所述接入点移动集包括至少一个无线接入点中每个无线接入点的接入点信息,所述每个无线接入点的接入点信息可以包括但不限于所述每个无线接入点的SSID、BSSID、HESSID;所述第一类型的接入点移动集为默认配置的所述接入点移动集,即默认可以为接入小区的用户终端分配的接入点移动集;所述第二类型的接入点移动集为针对所述用户终端所配置的所述接入点移动集,即针对需要无线业务增值的用户终端所配置的接入点移动集。可以理解的是,所述第一类型的接入点移动集的数量和所述第二类型的接入点移动集的数量均可以为一个或多个,具体由分组时所基于的分组条件所决定。It should be noted that the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point may include but is not limited to The SSID, the BSSID, and the HESSID of each of the wireless access points; the first type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured by default, that is, the default may be allocated to the user terminal of the access cell. An access point mobility set; the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal, that is, an access point mobile configured for a user terminal requiring wireless service value addition set. It can be understood that the number of access point movement sets of the first type and the number of access point movement sets of the second type may both be one or more, specifically by the grouping conditions on which the grouping is based. Decide.
移动集输出单元102,用于采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出;The mobile set output unit 102 is configured to output the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or output the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling;
具体实现中,所述移动集输出单元102可以通过广播信令的方式对所服务的小区内包含的用户终端输出所述第一类型的接入点移动集,所述广播信令优选为SIB信令等,通过对第一类型的接入点移动集进行广播,可以无需分别为小区内的用户终端单独配置一个接入点移动集,节省了信令开销。所述用户终端接收所广播的所述第一类型的接入点移动集,并基于所述第一类型的接入点 移动集进行配置;In a specific implementation, the mobile set output unit 102 may output the first type of access point mobility set to the user terminal included in the served cell by means of broadcast signaling, where the broadcast signaling is preferably an SIB letter. By broadcasting the first type of access point mobility set, it is not necessary to separately configure one access point mobility set for the user terminal in the cell separately, which saves signaling overhead. Receiving, by the user terminal, the first type of access point movement set broadcasted, and based on the first type of access point Move set to configure;
所述移动集输出单元102可以通过单播信令的方式对需要无线业务增值的用户终端输出所述第二类型的接入点移动集,所述单播信令优选为单播的RRC信令,通过采用单播信令的方式对第二类型的接入点移动集进行传输,可以满足所服务的小区中不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量。The mobile set output unit 102 may output the second type of access point mobility set to a user terminal that needs to add value to the wireless service by means of unicast signaling, and the unicast signaling is preferably unicast RRC signaling. By transmitting the second type of access point mobility set by means of unicast signaling, the service requirements of different user terminals in the served cell can be satisfied, and the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service are effectively guaranteed.
需要说明的是,用户终端在属于同一个第一类型的接入点移动集中或属于同一个第二类型的接入点移动集中的无线接入点间进行切换时,可以无需受到所述基站1的控制,即无需与所述基站1进行信令交互,节省了信令开销;而在不属于同一个第一类型的接入点移动集中或不属于同一个第二类型的接入点移动集中的无线接入点间进行切换时,则需要受到所述基站1的控制。It should be noted that, when the user terminal performs handover between the access point mobility groups belonging to the same first type or the access point mobility groups belonging to the same second type, the base station may not need to be subjected to the base station 1 Control, that is, without signaling interaction with the base station 1, saving signaling overhead; and moving in an access point that does not belong to the same first type of access point or does not belong to the same second type of access point When switching between wireless access points, it needs to be controlled by the base station 1.
在本发明实施例中,基站通过获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,并采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,用户终端可以接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。通过采用接入点移动集的方式,使得用户终端在移动过程中可以在接入点移动集自动检测并连接无线接入点,提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,进而保证了无线业务的连续性,提升了无线业务的处理效率,同时,通过广播信令的方式对用户终端广播第一类型的接入点移动集,可以无需单独为用户终端进行配置,节省了信令开销,而通过单播信令的方式对用户终端传输第二类型的接入点移动集,可以满足不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量。In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or The second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling, and the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set. By adopting the access point movement set, the user terminal can automatically detect and connect the wireless access point in the access point mobile set during the mobile process, thereby improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the wireless service. Continuity improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service. At the same time, the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead. The unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
请参见图7,为本发明实施例提供了另一种基站的结构示意图。如图7所示,本发明实施例的所述基站1可以包括:移动集获取单元101、移动集输出单元102、第一移动集生成单元103、第二移动集生成单元104、第三移动集生成单元105、第一移动集更新单元106、第二移动集更新单元107、方式确定单元108、标识输出单元109、接入点信息接收单元110和数据发送单元111。FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the base station 1 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a mobile set obtaining unit 101, a moving set output unit 102, a first moving set generating unit 103, a second moving set generating unit 104, and a third moving set. The generating unit 105, the first moving set updating unit 106, the second moving set updating unit 107, the mode determining unit 108, the identification output unit 109, the access point information receiving unit 110, and the data transmitting unit 111.
移动集获取单元101,用于获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接 入点移动集;The mobile set obtaining unit 101 is configured to acquire a first type of access point mobile set or a second type of access Inbound move set;
具体实现中,所述移动集获取单元101可以获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,优选的,针对所述第一类型的接入点移动集,所述移动集获取单元101可以获取OAM设备生成的第一类型的接入点移动集,所述OAM设备可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集,并将所述第一类型的接入点移动集传输至所述基站1;或者,所述移动集获取单元101可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集。所述预先配置的分组条件可以包括所述非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点的分布区域和所述分布区域的历史信息中的至少一种,所述分布区域用于表示所述多个无线接入点中每个无线接入点所处位置或者所分布的区域等,例如:某个人群密集的商业区域等;所述分布区域的历史信息用于表示所述分布区域历史的流量信息等。In a specific implementation, the mobility set obtaining unit 101 may acquire a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set, and preferably, for the first type of access point mobility set, The mobile set obtaining unit 101 may acquire a first type of access point mobility set generated by the OAM device, and the OAM device may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on pre-configured grouping conditions. Generating a first type of access point move set and transmitting the first type of access point move set to the base station 1; or, the move set acquisition unit 101 may be based on a pre-configured grouping condition, Multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed band area are grouped to generate a first type of access point move set. The pre-configured grouping condition may include at least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and historical information of the distribution area, the distribution area being used to indicate the plurality of The location of each wireless access point or the distributed area, etc., for example, a crowded commercial area, etc.; the historical information of the distribution area is used to indicate the traffic of the distribution area history Information, etc.
针对所述第二类型的接入点移动集,所述移动集获取单元101可以基于用户终端的终端信息,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二类型的接入点移动集,作为所述第二类型的接入点移动集的分组条件的所述终端信息可以为所述用户终端的物理移动信息,所述用户终端的物理移动信息可以包括所述用户终端的移动方向和移动轨迹。For the second type of access point mobility set, the mobility set obtaining unit 101 may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second type of The access point movement set, the terminal information as a grouping condition of the second type of access point movement set may be physical movement information of the user terminal, and the physical movement information of the user terminal may include the user The direction of movement and movement of the terminal.
需要说明的是,所述接入点移动集包括至少一个无线接入点中每个无线接入点的接入点信息,所述每个无线接入点的接入点信息可以包括但不限于所述每个无线接入点的SSID、BSSID、HESSID;所述第一类型的接入点移动集为默认配置的所述接入点移动集,即默认可以为接入小区的用户终端分配的接入点移动集;所述第二类型的接入点移动集为针对所述用户终端所配置的所述接入点移动集,即针对需要无线业务增值的用户终端所配置的接入点移动集。可以理解的是,所述第一类型的接入点移动集的数量和所述第二类型的接入点移动集的数量均可以为一个或多个,具体由分组时所基于的分组条件所决定。It should be noted that the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point may include but is not limited to The SSID, the BSSID, and the HESSID of each of the wireless access points; the first type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured by default, that is, the default may be allocated to the user terminal of the access cell. An access point mobility set; the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal, that is, an access point mobile configured for a user terminal requiring wireless service value addition set. It can be understood that the number of access point movement sets of the first type and the number of access point movement sets of the second type may both be one or more, specifically by the grouping conditions on which the grouping is based. Decide.
进一步的,所述基站1可以预先与无线局域网终端建立通信连接,优选的,所述基站1可以通过Xw接口与所述无线局域网终端同构Xw接口连接建立的过程,以实现所述基站1与所述无线局域网终端间的通信连接建立,其中,所 述Xw接口为所述基站1与所述无线局域网终端间的固定通信接口。所述基站1基于与所述无线局域网终端间的通信连接,向所述无线局域网终端获取处于非授权频段区域中多个无线接入点的接入点信息。Further, the base station 1 may establish a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal in advance. Preferably, the base station 1 may establish a connection process with the wireless local area network terminal by constructing an Xw interface through the Xw interface to implement the base station 1 and Establishing a communication connection between the wireless local area network terminals, wherein The Xw interface is a fixed communication interface between the base station 1 and the wireless local area network terminal. The base station 1 acquires access point information of a plurality of wireless access points in an unlicensed frequency band region to the wireless local area network terminal based on a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal.
需要说明的是,现有3GPP与无线局域网互操作主要集中在核心网层面,无法考虑无线网络负载,容易造成网络负荷不均匀,例如:3GPP引入了ANDSF,ANDSF可以响应用户终端接入网络选择的请求,根据用户终端上报的位置以及用户选网偏好等信息,制定最优的网络选择策略,协助用户终端发现周围可用的无线接入点,并辅助用户终端进行无线接入点的选择,从而实现业务数据的有效分流。然而,ANDSF的选网策略未考虑到无线网络的信道质量以及负载情况。因此,为了解决前述问题,提出了以下三种方案:It should be noted that the existing 3GPP and WLAN interoperation are mainly concentrated at the core network level, and the wireless network load cannot be considered, which may cause uneven network load. For example, 3GPP introduces ANDSF, and the ANDSF can respond to user terminal access network selection. The request, according to the location reported by the user terminal and the preference of the user to select the network, formulate an optimal network selection policy, assist the user terminal to discover surrounding wireless access points, and assist the user terminal in selecting the wireless access point, thereby realizing Effective diversion of business data. However, the ANDSF's network selection strategy does not take into account the channel quality and load conditions of the wireless network. Therefore, in order to solve the aforementioned problems, the following three solutions are proposed:
1、RAN可以通过公共通道或专用通道向接入无线接入点的用户终端提供辅助信息,用户终端可以根据RAN提供的辅助信息、用户终端测量到的无线局域网信息,以及从ANDSF获得的策略或者预定义的策略,将业务数据分流至3GPP或无线局域网中;1. The RAN may provide auxiliary information to the user terminal accessing the wireless access point through a public channel or a dedicated channel, and the user terminal may use the auxiliary information provided by the RAN, the wireless local area network information measured by the user terminal, and the policy obtained from the ANDSF or Pre-defined policies to offload business data to 3GPP or wireless LAN;
2、RAN提供网络选择和业务数据的分流规则,RAN通过公共通道或专用通道向用户终端提供分流规则中需要使用的参数门限,当不存在ANDSF的策略时,用户终端可以依据RAN提供的分流规则将业务数据分流至3GPP或无线局域网中,当同时存在ANDSF的策略时,优先采用ANDSF的策略;2. The RAN provides the network selection and the traffic data shunting rules. The RAN provides the user terminal with the parameter threshold to be used in the traffic distribution rule through the public channel or the dedicated channel. When there is no ANDSF policy, the user terminal can use the shunting rule provided by the RAN. The service data is offloaded to the 3GPP or the WLAN. When the policy of the ANDSF exists at the same time, the policy of the ANDSF is preferentially adopted;
3、RAN可以通过公共通道或专用通道向接入无线接入点的用户终端提供辅助信息,如果支持ANDSF,则用户终端可以根据RAN提供的辅助信息、用户终端测量到的无线局域网信息,以及从ANDSF获得的策略或者预定义的策略,将业务数据分流至3GPP或无线局域网中;如果不支持ANDSF,则用户终端可以依据RAN提供的分流规则将业务数据分流至3GPP或无线局域网中。3. The RAN can provide auxiliary information to the user terminal accessing the wireless access point through the public channel or the dedicated channel. If the ANDSF is supported, the user terminal can obtain the auxiliary information provided by the RAN, the wireless local area network information measured by the user terminal, and the The policy obtained by the ANDSF or the predefined policy, the service data is offloaded to the 3GPP or the wireless local area network; if the ANDSF is not supported, the user terminal can offload the service data to the 3GPP or the wireless local area network according to the offloading rule provided by the RAN.
然而,基于目前的三种方案,RAN中的所述基站1在获取多个无线接入点的接入点信息时,只能通过OAM设备或预配置方式进行获取,而当有新的无线接入点加入时,所述基站1无法及时、动态的获得当前无线接入点的最新状态,因此,通过与无线局域网终端建立通信连接,可以及时、动态的获得与无线局域网终端相连的多个无线接入点的最新状态,进一步提升了与无线接入 点的连接效率,保证了业务数据分流的时效性。However, based on the current three schemes, when the base station 1 in the RAN acquires access point information of multiple wireless access points, the base station 1 can only acquire through the OAM device or the pre-configured mode, and when there is a new wireless connection. When the in-point joins, the base station 1 cannot obtain the latest state of the current wireless access point in time and dynamically. Therefore, by establishing a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal, multiple wireless connections connected to the wireless local area network terminal can be obtained in time and dynamically. The latest state of the access point further enhances wireless access The connection efficiency of the point ensures the timeliness of traffic data distribution.
方式确定单元108,用于获取用户终端的终端参数,并根据所述终端参数确定针对所述用户终端的信令传输方式;The mode determining unit 108 is configured to acquire a terminal parameter of the user terminal, and determine a signaling transmission manner for the user terminal according to the terminal parameter;
具体实现中,所述方式确定单元108还可以获取用户终端上传的终端参数,所述终端参数用于表示所述用户终端可以接收的信令能力,所述方式确定单元108根据所述终端参数确定针对所述用户终端的信令传输方式,所述信令传输方式为广播信令的输出方式或单播信令的输出方式。In a specific implementation, the mode determining unit 108 may further acquire a terminal parameter that is uploaded by the user terminal, where the terminal parameter is used to indicate a signaling capability that the user terminal can receive, and the mode determining unit 108 determines according to the terminal parameter. For the signaling transmission mode of the user terminal, the signaling transmission mode is an output mode of broadcast signaling or an output mode of unicast signaling.
具体的,为了适应物联网的发展,未来的用户终端可能存在多种类型,不同类型的用户终端之间的能力不同,该能力可以包括该用户终端可以接受信令的能力。某种能力的用户终端可能不能支持单播信令的接受方式。需要说明的是,用户终端可以生成关于自身能力的报告,该能力报告可以包括该用户终端是否具有支持单播信令能力的信息。基站可以对用户终端关于的能力进行询问,用户终端基于该询问生成相应的能力报告并将该能力报告发送给基站。用户终端可以处于多个基站(例如:eNodeB)的覆盖范围内。可以在这些基站中选择一个基站以服务所述用户终端。可以基于诸如接收功率、路径损耗、信噪比(SNR)等各种标准来选择服务的基站。所述基站是被指定为在下行链路上和/或上行链路上服务所述用户终端的基站。本文中所说的基站,通常指的是服务于该用户终端的基站。Specifically, in order to adapt to the development of the Internet of Things, there may be multiple types of future user terminals, and different types of user terminals have different capabilities, and the capabilities may include the ability of the user terminal to accept signaling. User terminals of a certain capability may not be able to support the acceptance of unicast signaling. It should be noted that the user terminal may generate a report about its own capability, and the capability report may include whether the user terminal has information supporting unicast signaling capability. The base station may query the capabilities of the user terminal, and the user terminal generates a corresponding capability report based on the query and sends the capability report to the base station. The user terminal can be within the coverage of multiple base stations (eg, eNodeBs). One of the base stations may be selected to serve the user terminal. The base station of the service can be selected based on various criteria such as received power, path loss, signal to noise ratio (SNR), and the like. The base station is a base station designated to serve the user terminal on the downlink and/or uplink. A base station as used herein generally refers to a base station serving the user terminal.
移动集输出单元102,用于采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出;The mobile set output unit 102 is configured to output the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or output the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling;
具体实现中,所述移动集输出单元102可以通过广播信令的方式对所服务的小区内包含的用户终端输出所述第一类型的接入点移动集,所述广播信令优选为SIB信令等,通过对第一类型的接入点移动集进行广播,可以无需分别为小区内的用户终端单独配置一个接入点移动集,节省了信令开销。所述用户终端接收所广播的所述第一类型的接入点移动集,并基于所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行配置;In a specific implementation, the mobile set output unit 102 may output the first type of access point mobility set to the user terminal included in the served cell by means of broadcast signaling, where the broadcast signaling is preferably an SIB letter. By broadcasting the first type of access point mobility set, it is not necessary to separately configure one access point mobility set for the user terminal in the cell separately, which saves signaling overhead. Receiving, by the user terminal, the first type of access point movement set that is broadcast, and configuring according to the first type of access point movement set;
所述移动集输出单元102可以通过单播信令的方式对需要无线业务增值的用户终端输出所述第二类型的接入点移动集,所述单播信令优选为单播的RRC信令,通过采用单播信令的方式对第二类型的接入点移动集进行传输, 可以满足所服务的小区中不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量。The mobile set output unit 102 may output the second type of access point mobility set to a user terminal that needs to add value to the wireless service by means of unicast signaling, and the unicast signaling is preferably unicast RRC signaling. Transmitting a second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling, The service requirements of different user terminals in the served cell can be satisfied, and the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service are effectively guaranteed.
需要说明的是,用户终端在属于同一个第一类型的接入点移动集中或属于同一个第二类型的接入点移动集中的无线接入点间进行切换时,可以无需受到所述基站1的控制,即无需与所述基站1进行信令交互,节省了信令开销;而在不属于同一个第一类型的接入点移动集中或不属于同一个第二类型的接入点移动集中的无线接入点间进行切换时,则需要受到所述基站1的控制。It should be noted that, when the user terminal performs handover between the access point mobility groups belonging to the same first type or the access point mobility groups belonging to the same second type, the base station may not need to be subjected to the base station 1 Control, that is, without signaling interaction with the base station 1, saving signaling overhead; and moving in an access point that does not belong to the same first type of access point or does not belong to the same second type of access point When switching between wireless access points, it needs to be controlled by the base station 1.
可选的,第一移动集生成单元103,用于获取所述用户终端的优先级信息,并根据所述优先级信息以及所述用户终端的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;Optionally, the first mobility set generating unit 103 is configured to acquire priority information of the user terminal, and perform multiple wireless connections in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the priority information and the terminal information of the user terminal. The ingress points are grouped to generate a second type of access point movement set after the first update process;
移动集输出单元102,还用于采用单播信令对第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出;The mobile set output unit 102 is further configured to output, by using unicast signaling, the second type of access point mobility set after the first update processing;
具体实现中,针对优先级信息,用户终端可以向所述基站1发送所述用户终端的优先级信息,所述第一移动集生成单元103获取所述用户终端的优先级信息,可以检测所述用户终端的优先级信息,所述优先级信息可以包括第一优先级和第二优先级中的任一种,若所述优先级信息为第一优先级,则表明所述用户终端预先进行业务需求增值的办理,需要对具备第一优先级的用户终端提供专属的业务服务,所述第一移动集生成单元103可以根据所述用户终端的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点再次进行分组,以生成第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,所述移动集输出单元102可以采用单播信令对第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,所述用户终端可以采用所述第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;若所述优先级信息为第二优先级,则表明所述用户终端未进行业务需求增值的办理,只需满足基本的业务服务即可,即无需生成新的接入点移动集。In a specific implementation, the user terminal may send the priority information of the user terminal to the base station 1 for the priority information, where the first mobility set generating unit 103 acquires the priority information of the user terminal, and may detect the The priority information of the user terminal, the priority information may include any one of the first priority and the second priority, and if the priority information is the first priority, indicating that the user terminal performs the service in advance The processing of the value-added needs to provide a dedicated service service to the user terminal having the first priority. The first mobility set generating unit 103 can connect multiple wireless connections in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the terminal information of the user terminal. The ingress point is grouped again to generate a second type of access point mobility set after the first update process, and the mobility set output unit 102 may use unicast signaling to access the second type of access after the first update process. Point moving set for output, the user terminal may use the second type of access point movement set after the first update processing, and update the configured a type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set; if the priority information is the second priority, it indicates that the user terminal does not perform the service demand value addition, and only needs to meet The basic business service is OK, that is, there is no need to generate a new access point move set.
可选的,第二移动集生成单元104,用于获取所述用户终端的网络启动状态,并根据所述网络启动状态以及所述用户终端的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集; Optionally, the second mobility set generating unit 104 is configured to acquire a network startup state of the user terminal, and perform multiple wireless connections in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the network startup state and the terminal information of the user terminal. The ingress points are grouped to generate a second type of access point movement set after the second update process;
移动集输出单元102,还用于采用单播信令对第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出;The mobile set output unit 102 is further configured to output, by using unicast signaling, the second type of access point mobility set after the second update processing;
具体实现中,针对网络启动状态,所述用户终端可以将当前所述用户终端的网络启动状态发送至所述基站1,所述第二移动集生成单元104获取所述用户终端的网络启动状态,当所述网络启动状态表示为所述用户终端在开启了LTE网络和无线局域网的融合时,所述第二移动集生成单元104可以根据所述用户终端的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点再次进行分组,以生成第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,所述移动集输出单元102可以采用单播信令对第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,所述用户终端可以采用所述第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。In a specific implementation, for the network startup state, the user terminal may send a network startup state of the current user terminal to the base station 1, and the second mobility set generation unit 104 acquires a network startup state of the user terminal. When the network startup state is indicated as the convergence of the LTE network and the wireless local area network by the user terminal, the second mobility set generating unit 104 may use the terminal information of the user terminal to the unlicensed frequency band region. The wireless access points are grouped again to generate a second type of access point movement set after the second update process, and the mobile set output unit 102 can use the unicast signaling to process the second type after the second update. The access point movement set is outputted, and the user terminal may use the second type of access point movement set after the second update process to update the configured first type access point movement set or location The second type of access point move set.
可选的,第三移动集生成单元105,用于获取所述用户终端的物理移动变化信息,并根据所述物理移动变化信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;Optionally, the third mobility set generating unit 105 is configured to acquire physical mobility change information of the user terminal, and group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the physical mobility change information, to Generating a second type of access point movement set after the third update process;
移动集输出单元102,还用于采用单播信令对第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出;The mobile set output unit 102 is further configured to output, by using unicast signaling, a second type of access point mobility set after the third update process;
具体实现中,针对物理移动变化信息,所述用户终端可以基于前述所述用户终端的物理移动信息,对当前所述用户终端的移动方向和移动轨迹进行判断,当移动方向和/或移动轨迹发生变化时,可以基于变化后的物理移动信息生成物理移动变化信息,所述用户终端可以将所述物理移动变化信息发送至所述基站1,所述第三移动集生成单元105获取所述用户终端的物理移动变化信息,并根据所述物理移动变化信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点再次进行分组,以生成第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,所述移动集输出单元102可以采用单播信令对第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,所述用户终端可以采用所述第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。In a specific implementation, for the physical mobility change information, the user terminal may determine the moving direction and the moving trajectory of the current user terminal based on the physical movement information of the user terminal, when the moving direction and/or the moving trajectory occur. When changing, the physical movement change information may be generated based on the changed physical movement information, the user terminal may send the physical movement change information to the base station 1, and the third movement set generation unit 105 acquires the user terminal The physical movement change information, and grouping the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the physical movement change information to generate a second type of access point movement set after the third update processing, The mobile set output unit 102 may output the second type of access point move set after the third update process by using unicast signaling, and the user terminal may adopt the second type of the third update process. Inbound mobile set, updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point shift Set.
需要说明的是,针对用户终端传输的优先级信息、网络启动状态和物理移动变化信息中的至少一种移动集更新信息,可以进行多种组合方式,例如:当 所述用户终端的优先级信息为第一优先级,并且网络启动状态表示为所述用户终端在开启了LTE网络和无线局域网的融合时,再触发所述基站1的相应单元生成更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集等,具体组合方式可以由运营商进行设置。It should be noted that, for at least one of the priority information, the network startup state, and the physical mobility change information transmitted by the user terminal, multiple combinations may be performed, for example, when The priority information of the user terminal is a first priority, and the network startup state is represented by the user terminal after triggering the convergence of the LTE network and the wireless local area network, and then triggering the corresponding unit of the base station 1 to generate an update process. The second type of access point mobility set, etc., the specific combination manner can be set by the operator.
可选的,第一移动集更新单元106,用于在所述非授权频段区域中检测存在第一无线接入点的位置更新信息,根据所述位置更新信息所指示的所述第一无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第四更新处理;Optionally, the first mobility set update unit 106 is configured to detect location update information of the first wireless access point in the unlicensed frequency band region, according to the first wireless connection indicated by the location update information. a location of the in-point, performing a fourth update process on the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
移动集输出单元102,还用于采用广播信令对第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出;The mobile set output unit 102 is further configured to output, by using broadcast signaling, the first type of access point mobility set after the fourth update processing or use the unicast signaling to perform the second type of access after the fourth update process. Point move set for output;
具体实现中,针对位置更新信息,所述第一移动集更新单元106在所述非授权频段区域中检测存在第一无线接入点的位置更新信息,所述第一移动集更新单元106可以根据所述位置更新信息所指示的所述第一无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第四更新处理,所述移动集输出单元102可以采用广播信令对第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,所述用户终端可以采用所述第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。In a specific implementation, for the location update information, the first mobility set update unit 106 detects location update information of the first wireless access point in the unlicensed frequency band region, and the first mobility set update unit 106 may And determining, by the location update information, a location of the first wireless access point, performing fourth update processing on the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set The mobile set output unit 102 may output the first type of access point mobility set after the fourth update processing by using broadcast signaling or use the unicast signaling to perform the second type of access after the fourth update processing. The point move set is output, and the user terminal may use the first type of access point move set after the fourth update process or the second type of access point move set after the fourth update process, and update the location The configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
可选的,第二移动集更新单元107,用于在所述非授权频段区域中检测存在第二无线接入点的接入信息,根据所述接入信息所指示的所述第二无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第五更新处理;Optionally, the second mobility set update unit 107 is configured to detect, in the unlicensed frequency band region, access information of the second wireless access point, according to the second wireless connection indicated by the access information. a location of the in-point, performing a fifth update process on the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
移动集输出单元102,还用于采用广播信令对第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对第五更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出;The mobile set output unit 102 is further configured to output, by using broadcast signaling, the first type of access point mobility set after the fifth update processing or use the unicast signaling to perform the second type of access after the fifth update processing. Point move set for output;
具体实现中,针对接入信息,所述第二移动集更新单元107在所述非授权频段区域中检测存在第二无线接入点的接入信息,所述第二移动集更新单元 107可以根据所述接入信息所指示的所述第二无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第五更新处理,所述移动集输出单元102可以采用广播信令对第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对第五更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,所述用户终端可以采用所述第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二更新处理后的第五类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。In a specific implementation, for the access information, the second mobility set update unit 107 detects that there is access information of the second wireless access point in the unlicensed frequency band region, and the second mobile set update unit 107: Perform, according to the location of the second wireless access point indicated by the access information, the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set For the five update processing, the mobile set output unit 102 may use the broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set after the fifth update processing or adopt the unicast signaling to the second type after the fifth update processing. The access point moves the set to be output, and the user terminal may adopt the fifth type of access point move set after the fifth update process or the fifth type of access point move set after the second update process And updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
标识输出单元109,用于在采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出时,采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集的第一移动集标识进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集的第二移动集标识进行输出;The identifier output unit 109 is configured to use broadcast when the first type of access point mobility set is output by using broadcast signaling or when the second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling. Signaling outputting a first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set or outputting a second mobility set identifier of the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling;
具体实现中,所述标识输出单元109在所述移动集输出单元102采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出时,同时采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集的第一移动集标识进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集的第二移动集标识进行输出,可以理解的是,所述第一移动集标识和第二移动集标识包含所述接入点移动集所属基站1的基站标识,通过向用户终端输出包含基站标识的移动集标识,使得用户终端在基站1间切换时,可以快速定位当前接入的基站1,并准确获取所接入的基站1的接入点移动集,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率。In a specific implementation, the identifier output unit 109 uses the broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or adopts unicast signaling to the second type in the mobile set output unit 102. When the in-point mobility set is output, the first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set is outputted by using broadcast signaling or the second type of access point is moved by using unicast signaling. The second mobile set identifier of the set is outputted. It can be understood that the first mobile set identifier and the second mobile set identifier include the base station identifier of the base station 1 to which the access point mobility set belongs, and the base station identifier is output to the user terminal. The identified mobile set identifier enables the user terminal to quickly locate the currently accessed base station 1 when the user terminal switches between the base stations 1, and accurately acquires the access point mobile set of the accessed base station 1, further improving the wireless access point. Connection efficiency.
优选的,所述标识输出单元109还可以对更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集的移动集标识或采用单播信令对更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集的移动集标识进行输出,移动集标识输出的方式可以与上述输出的方式相同,在此不进行赘述。Preferably, the identifier output unit 109 may further update the processed mobile set identifier of the first type of access point move set or adopt the unicast signaling pair to update the processed second type access point move set. The mobile set identifier is output, and the manner of the mobile set identifier output may be the same as the above output manner, and details are not described herein.
接入点信息接收单元110,用于当所述用户终端在非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点中,从源无线接入点切换至目标无线接入点时,接收所述用户终端发送的所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息;The access point information receiving unit 110 is configured to receive the user terminal when the user terminal switches from the source wireless access point to the target wireless access point among the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region. Sending access point information of the target wireless access point;
具体实现中,当所述用户终端在非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点中,从源无线接入点切换至目标无线接入点时,例如:随着所述用户终端的移动, 所述用户终端与源无线接入点的连接信号逐步减弱,此时需要连接到信号更强的目标无线接入点等,可以理解的是,所述源无线接入点与所述目标无线接入点均属于所述非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点中的无线接入点,所述用户终端可以在接入所述目标无线接入点后,向所述基站1发送所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息,所述接入点信息接收单元110获取所述用户终端发送的所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息。In a specific implementation, when the user terminal switches from a source wireless access point to a target wireless access point among multiple wireless access points in an unlicensed frequency band region, for example, as the user terminal moves, The connection signal between the user terminal and the source wireless access point is gradually weakened. In this case, it is required to connect to a target wireless access point with a stronger signal. It can be understood that the source wireless access point is connected to the target wirelessly. The ingress points belong to the wireless access points of the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band area, and the user terminal may send the the wireless access point to the base station 1 after accessing the target wireless access point. The access point information of the target wireless access point, the access point information receiving unit 110 acquires the access point information of the target wireless access point sent by the user terminal.
数据发送单元111,用于将分流至所述源无线接入点的且属于所述用户终端的业务数据,按照所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息发送至所述目标无线接入点;The data sending unit 111 is configured to send service data that is offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal, and send the access point information of the target wireless access point to the target wireless access point. ;
具体实现中,所述数据发送单元111可以将准备分流至所述源无线接入点的且属于所述用户终端的业务数据或者已经分流至所述源无线接入点的且属于所述用户终端的业务数据,按照所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息发送至所述目标无线接入点。在无线接入点切换过程中,通过用户终端主动上报切换后的无线接入点的接入点信号,可以使得业务数据准确分流至用户终端,进一步提升了无线业务的处理效率,有效的保证了无线业务的连续性。In a specific implementation, the data sending unit 111 may be configured to offload traffic data that belongs to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal or that has been offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal. The service data is sent to the target wireless access point according to the access point information of the target wireless access point. In the process of the wireless access point switching, the user terminal actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point, so that the service data can be accurately distributed to the user terminal, thereby further improving the processing efficiency of the wireless service, and effectively guaranteeing The continuity of wireless services.
在本发明实施例中,基站通过获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,并采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,用户终端可以接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。通过采用接入点移动集的方式,使得用户终端在移动过程中可以在接入点移动集自动检测并连接无线接入点,提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,进而保证了无线业务的连续性,提升了无线业务的处理效率,同时,通过广播信令的方式对用户终端广播第一类型的接入点移动集,可以无需单独为用户终端进行配置,节省了信令开销,而通过单播信令的方式对用户终端传输第二类型的接入点移动集,可以满足不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量;通过与无线局域网终端建立通信连接,可以及时、动态的获得与无线局域网终端相连的无线接入点的最新状态,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,保证了业务数据分流的时效性;通过向用户终端输出包含基站标识的移动集标识,使得用户终端在基站间切换时,可以快速定位当前接入的基站,并准确获 取所接入的基站的接入点移动集,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率;通过用户终端主动上报切换后的无线接入点的接入点信号,可以使得业务数据准确分流至用户终端,进一步提升了无线业务的处理效率,有效的保证了无线业务的连续性。In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or The second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling, and the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set. By adopting the access point movement set, the user terminal can automatically detect and connect the wireless access point in the access point mobile set during the mobile process, thereby improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the wireless service. Continuity improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service. At the same time, the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead. The unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, effectively guarantees the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service, and establishes a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal. The latest state of the wireless access point connected to the wireless local area network terminal can be obtained in a timely and dynamic manner, further improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, ensuring the timeliness of service data offloading, and outputting the base station identifier by outputting to the user terminal Mobile set identifier, so that when the user terminal switches between base stations, it can be quickly determined Currently accessed base station, and accurately obtain The access point mobility set of the accessed base station is further improved, and the connection efficiency with the wireless access point is further improved. The user terminal actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point, so that the service data can be accurately distributed to The user terminal further improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service and effectively ensures the continuity of the wireless service.
请参见图8,为本发明实施例提供了又一种基站的结构示意图。如图8所示,该基站包括:至少一个处理器801,例如CPU,输入设备803、输出设备804,存储器805,至少一个通信总线802。其中,通信总线802用于实现这些组件之间的连接通信。其中,存储器805可以是高速RAM存储器,也可以是非不稳定的存储器(non-volatile memory),例如至少一个磁盘存储器。存储器805可选的还可以是至少一个位于远离前述处理器801的存储装置。其中处理器801可以结合图6和图7所描述的基站,存储器805中存储一组程序代码,且处理器801调用存储器805中存储的程序代码,用于执行以下操作:FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the base station includes at least one processor 801, such as a CPU, an input device 803, an output device 804, a memory 805, and at least one communication bus 802. Among them, the communication bus 802 is used to implement connection communication between these components. The memory 805 may be a high speed RAM memory or a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk memory. The memory 805 can also optionally be at least one storage device located remotely from the aforementioned processor 801. The processor 801 can be combined with the base station described in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7. The memory 805 stores a set of program codes, and the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 for performing the following operations:
控制所述输入设备803获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集;Controlling the input device 803 to acquire a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set;
控制所述输出设备804采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;Controlling the output device 804 to output the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or outputting the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling, so that the user terminal receives And configuring the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
其中,所述接入点移动集包括至少一个无线接入点中每个无线接入点的接入点信息,所述第一类型的接入点移动集为默认配置的所述接入点移动集,所述第二类型的接入点移动集为针对所述用户终端所配置的所述接入点移动集。The access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the first type of access point mobility set is the default configured access point movement. The set, the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器801调用存储器805中存储的程序代码执行控制所述输入设备803获取第一类型的接入点移动集时,具体执行以下操作:In an optional embodiment, when the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 to perform control of the input device 803 to acquire the first type of access point movement set, the following operations are specifically performed:
控制所述输入设备803获取OAM设备基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成的第一类型的接入点移动集;或者,Controlling, by the input device 803, the OAM device to group the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band region based on the pre-configured grouping conditions to generate the first type of access point movement set; or
基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集;And grouping, by the pre-configured grouping conditions, a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area to generate a first type of access point movement set;
所述预先配置的分组条件包括所述非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点 的分布区域和所述分布区域的历史信息中的至少一种;The pre-configured packet condition includes a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band region At least one of a distribution area and historical information of the distribution area;
所述处理器801调用存储器805中存储的程序代码执行控制所述输入设备803获取第二类型的接入点移动集时,具体执行以下操作:When the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 to perform control of the input device 803 to acquire the second type of access point movement set, the following operations are specifically performed:
控制所述输入设备803获取用户终端的终端信息,基于用户终端的终端信息,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二类型的接入点移动集,所述终端信息为所述用户终端的物理移动信息。Controlling the input device 803 to acquire terminal information of the user terminal, and grouping, according to terminal information of the user terminal, a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region to generate a second type of access point movement set, The terminal information is physical movement information of the user terminal.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器801调用存储器805中存储的程序代码,还执行以下操作:In an alternative embodiment, the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 and also performs the following operations:
控制所述输入设备803获取所述用户终端的优先级信息,并根据所述优先级信息以及所述用户终端的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;Controlling the input device 803 to acquire priority information of the user terminal, and grouping, by using the priority information and terminal information of the user terminal, multiple wireless access points in an unlicensed frequency band region to generate a first An updated access point set of the second type after processing;
控制所述输出设备804采用单播信令对第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端采用所述第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。Controlling the output device 804 to output the second type of access point movement set after the first update processing by using unicast signaling, so that the user terminal adopts the second type of access point after the first update processing Moving the set, updating the configured first type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器801调用存储器805中存储的程序代码,还执行以下操作:In an alternative embodiment, the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 and also performs the following operations:
控制所述输入设备803获取所述用户终端的网络启动状态,并根据所述网络启动状态以及所述用户终端的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;Controlling the input device 803 to acquire a network startup state of the user terminal, and grouping, by using the network startup state and the terminal information of the user terminal, a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region to generate a Second, updating the processed access point set of the second type;
控制所述输出设备804采用单播信令对第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端采用所述第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。Controlling, by the unicast signaling, the output device 804 outputs the second type of access point movement set after the second update processing, so that the user terminal adopts the second type of access point after the second update process Moving the set, updating the configured first type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器801调用存储器805中存储的程序代码,还执行以下操作:In an alternative embodiment, the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 and also performs the following operations:
控制所述输入设备803获取所述用户终端的物理移动变化信息,并根据所述物理移动变化信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集; Controlling the input device 803 to acquire physical movement change information of the user terminal, and grouping, by the physical movement change information, a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region to generate a third update processing Two types of access point move sets;
控制所述输出设备804采用单播信令对第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端采用所述第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。Controlling the output device 804 to output, by using unicast signaling, the second type of access point movement set after the third update process, so that the user terminal adopts the third type of access point after the third update process Moving the set, updating the configured first type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器801调用存储器805中存储的程序代码,还执行以下操作:In an alternative embodiment, the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 and also performs the following operations:
在所述非授权频段区域中检测存在第一无线接入点的位置更新信息,根据所述位置更新信息所指示的所述第一无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第四更新处理;Detecting, in the unlicensed band area, location update information of the first wireless access point, according to the location of the first wireless access point indicated by the location update information, for the first type And performing an fourth update process on the access point mobility set or the second type access point mobility set;
控制所述输出设备804采用广播信令对第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端采用所述第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。Controlling, by the output device 804, the first update type access point movement set after the fourth update processing by using broadcast signaling or using the unicast signaling to the fourth type of access point moving set after the fourth update processing Outputting, so that the user terminal adopts the fourth type of access point movement set after the fourth update process or the second type of access point movement set after the fourth update process, and updates the configured A first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器801调用存储器805中存储的程序代码,还执行以下操作:In an alternative embodiment, the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 and also performs the following operations:
在所述非授权频段区域中检测存在第二无线接入点的接入信息,根据所述接入信息所指示的所述第二无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第五更新处理;Detecting, in the unlicensed band area, access information of the second wireless access point, according to the location of the second wireless access point indicated by the access information, to the first type Performing a fifth update process by the access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
控制所述输出设备804采用广播信令对第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对第五更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端采用所述第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二更新处理后的第五类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。Controlling, by the output device 804, the first type of access point movement set after the fifth update processing by using broadcast signaling, or using the unicast signaling to the fifth type of access point moving set after the fifth update processing. Outputting, so that the user terminal adopts the fifth type of access point movement set after the fifth update processing or the fifth type of access point movement set after the second update processing, and updates the configured A first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器801调用存储器805中存储的程序代码执行控制所述输出设备804采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出之前,还执行以下操作:In an optional embodiment, the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 to perform control. The output device 804 outputs the first type of access point move set by using broadcast signaling or adopts unicast. Before signaling the output of the second type of access point move set, the following operations are also performed:
控制所述输入设备803获取用户终端的终端参数,并根据所述终端参数确 定针对所述用户终端的信令传输方式,所述信令传输方式为广播信令的输出方式或单播信令的输出方式。Controlling the input device 803 to acquire terminal parameters of the user terminal, and determining according to the terminal parameters For the signaling transmission mode of the user terminal, the signaling transmission mode is an output mode of broadcast signaling or an output mode of unicast signaling.
具体的,为了适应物联网的发展,未来的用户终端可能存在多种类型,不同类型的用户终端之间的能力不同,该能力可以包括该用户终端可以接受信令的能力。某种能力的用户终端可能不能支持单播信令的接受方式。需要说明的是,用户终端可以生成关于自身能力的报告,该能力报告可以包括该用户终端是否具有支持单播信令能力的信息。基站可以对用户终端关于的能力进行询问,用户终端基于该询问生成相应的能力报告并将该能力报告发送给基站。用户终端可以处于多个基站(例如:eNodeB)的覆盖范围内。可以在这些基站中选择一个基站以服务所述用户终端。可以基于诸如接收功率、路径损耗、信噪比(SNR)等各种标准来选择服务的基站。所述基站是被指定为在下行链路上和/或上行链路上服务所述用户终端的基站。本文中所说的基站,通常指的是服务于该用户终端的基站。Specifically, in order to adapt to the development of the Internet of Things, there may be multiple types of future user terminals, and different types of user terminals have different capabilities, and the capabilities may include the ability of the user terminal to accept signaling. User terminals of a certain capability may not be able to support the acceptance of unicast signaling. It should be noted that the user terminal may generate a report about its own capability, and the capability report may include whether the user terminal has information supporting unicast signaling capability. The base station may query the capabilities of the user terminal, and the user terminal generates a corresponding capability report based on the query and sends the capability report to the base station. The user terminal can be within the coverage of multiple base stations (eg, eNodeBs). One of the base stations may be selected to serve the user terminal. The base station of the service can be selected based on various criteria such as received power, path loss, signal to noise ratio (SNR), and the like. The base station is a base station designated to serve the user terminal on the downlink and/or uplink. A base station as used herein generally refers to a base station serving the user terminal.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器801调用存储器805中存储的程序代码,还执行以下操作:In an alternative embodiment, the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 and also performs the following operations:
在控制所述输出设备804采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出时,控制所述输出设备804采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集的第一移动集标识进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集的第二移动集标识进行输出;Controlling the output device 804 to output the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or outputting the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling The output device 804 outputs the first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or the second mobile set of the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling. The identification is output;
其中,所述第一移动集标识和第二移动集标识包含所述接入点移动集所属基站的基站标识。The first mobility set identifier and the second mobility set identifier include a base station identifier of a base station to which the access point mobility set belongs.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器801调用存储器805中存储的程序代码,还执行以下操作:In an alternative embodiment, the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 805 and also performs the following operations:
当所述用户终端在非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点中,从源无线接入点切换至目标无线接入点时,控制所述输入设备803接收所述用户终端发送的所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息;When the user terminal switches from the source wireless access point to the target wireless access point among the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region, controlling the input device 803 to receive the Access point information of the target wireless access point;
控制所述输出设备804将分流至所述源无线接入点的且属于所述用户终端的业务数据,按照所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息发送至所述目标无线接 入点。Controlling, by the output device 804, traffic data that is offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal, and is sent to the target wireless connection according to the access point information of the target wireless access point. Entry point.
在本发明实施例中,基站通过获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,并采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,用户终端可以接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。通过采用接入点移动集的方式,使得用户终端在移动过程中可以在接入点移动集自动检测并连接无线接入点,提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,进而保证了无线业务的连续性,提升了无线业务的处理效率,同时,通过广播信令的方式对用户终端广播第一类型的接入点移动集,可以无需单独为用户终端进行配置,节省了信令开销,而通过单播信令的方式对用户终端传输第二类型的接入点移动集,可以满足不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量;通过与无线局域网终端建立通信连接,可以及时、动态的获得与无线局域网终端相连的无线接入点的最新状态,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,保证了业务数据分流的时效性;通过向用户终端输出包含基站标识的移动集标识,使得用户终端在基站间切换时,可以快速定位当前接入的基站,并准确获取所接入的基站的接入点移动集,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率;通过用户终端主动上报切换后的无线接入点的接入点信号,可以使得业务数据准确分流至用户终端,进一步提升了无线业务的处理效率,有效的保证了无线业务的连续性。In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or The second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling, and the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set. By adopting the access point movement set, the user terminal can automatically detect and connect the wireless access point in the access point mobile set during the mobile process, thereby improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the wireless service. Continuity improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service. At the same time, the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead. The unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, effectively guarantees the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service, and establishes a communication connection with the wireless local area network terminal. The latest state of the wireless access point connected to the wireless local area network terminal can be obtained in a timely and dynamic manner, further improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, ensuring the timeliness of service data offloading, and outputting the base station identifier by outputting to the user terminal Mobile set identifier, so that when the user terminal switches between base stations, it can be quickly determined The currently accessed base station, and accurately obtains the access point mobility set of the accessed base station, further improves the connection efficiency with the wireless access point; and actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point through the user terminal The service data can be accurately distributed to the user terminal, which further improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service and effectively ensures the continuity of the wireless service.
下面将结合附图9和附图10,对本发明实施例提供的用户终端进行详细介绍。需要说明的是,附图9和附图10所示的用户终端,用于执行本发明图3和图4所示实施例的方法,为了便于说明,仅示出了与本发明实施例相关的部分,具体技术细节未揭示的,请参照本发明图3和图4所示的实施例。The user terminal provided by the embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 9 and FIG. It should be noted that the user terminal shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 is used to perform the method of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 of the present invention. For the convenience of description, only the embodiment related to the embodiment of the present invention is shown. In part, specific technical details are not disclosed, please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 of the present invention.
请参见图9,为本发明实施例提供了一种用户终端的结构示意图。如图9所示,本发明实施例的所述用户终端2可以包括:移动集接收单元21和移动集配置单元22。FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a user terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 9, the user terminal 2 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a mobile set receiving unit 21 and a mobile set configuration unit 22.
移动集接收单元21,用于接收基站采用广播信令输出的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令输出的第二类型的接入点移动集; a mobile set receiving unit 21, configured to receive a first type of access point mobility set output by the base station by using a broadcast signaling, or a second type of access point mobility set output by using unicast signaling;
移动集配置单元22,用于配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集;a mobile set configuration unit 22, configured to configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
具体实现中,所述基站可以通过广播信令的方式对所服务的小区内包含的用户终端2输出第一类型的接入点移动集,所述广播信令优选为SIB信令等,通过对第一类型的接入点移动集进行广播,可以无需分别为小区内的用户终端2单独配置一个接入点移动集,节省了信令开销。所述移动集接收单元21接收所广播的所述第一类型的接入点移动集,所述移动集配置单元22基于所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行配置;In a specific implementation, the base station may output a first type of access point mobility set to the user terminal 2 included in the served cell by means of broadcast signaling, where the broadcast signaling is preferably SIB signaling, etc. The first type of access point mobility set is broadcasted, and it is not necessary to separately configure one access point mobility set for the user terminal 2 in the cell, which saves signaling overhead. The mobile set receiving unit 21 receives the broadcasted first set of access point movement sets, and the mobile set configuration unit 22 performs configuration based on the first type of access point movement set;
所述基站可以通过单播信令的方式对需要无线业务增值的用户终端2输出第二类型的接入点移动集,所述单播信令优选为单播的RRC信令,通过采用单播信令的方式对第二类型的接入点移动集进行传输,可以满足所服务的小区中不同用户终端2的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量。The base station may output a second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal 2 that needs to add value for the wireless service by means of unicast signaling, and the unicast signaling is preferably unicast RRC signaling, by using unicast The signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals 2 in the served cell, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
需要说明的是,用户终端2在属于同一个第一类型的接入点移动集中或属于同一个第二类型的接入点移动集中的无线接入点间进行切换时,可以无需受到所述基站的控制,即无需与所述基站进行信令交互,节省了信令开销;而在不属于同一个第一类型的接入点移动集中或不属于同一个第二类型的接入点移动集中的无线接入点间进行切换时,则需要受到所述基站的控制。It should be noted that, when the user terminal 2 performs handover between the access point mobility groups belonging to the same first type or the access point mobility groups belonging to the same second type, the base station 2 may not need to be subjected to the base station. Control, that is, no need to perform signaling interaction with the base station, which saves signaling overhead; and does not belong to the same first type of access point mobile set or does not belong to the same second type of access point mobile set When switching between wireless access points, it needs to be controlled by the base station.
所述移动集接收单元21可以接收基站采用广播信令输出的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令输出的第二类型的接入点移动集,所述移动集配置单元22配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集。The mobile set receiving unit 21 may receive a first type of access point mobility set output by the base station using broadcast signaling for output or a second type of access point mobility set output by using unicast signaling, the mobile set configuration Unit 22 configures the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
进一步的,针对所述第一类型的接入点移动集,所述基站可以获取OAM设备生成的第一类型的接入点移动集,所述OAM设备可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集,并将所述第一类型的接入点移动集传输至所述基站;或者,所述基站可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集。所述预先配置的分组条件可以包括所述非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点的分布区域和所述分布区域的历 史信息中的至少一种,所述分布区域用于表示所述多个无线接入点中每个无线接入点所处位置或者所分布的区域等,例如:某个人群密集的商业区域等;所述分布区域的历史信息用于表示所述分布区域历史的流量信息等。Further, for the first type of access point mobility set, the base station may acquire a first type of access point mobility set generated by the OAM device, and the OAM device may perform non-authorization based on pre-configured grouping conditions. Multiple wireless access points in the frequency band region are grouped to generate a first type of access point mobility set, and transmit the first type of access point mobility set to the base station; or the base station may A plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band region are grouped based on pre-configured grouping conditions to generate a first type of access point move set. The pre-configured grouping condition may include a distribution area of the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and a calendar of the distribution area At least one of the history information, the distribution area is used to indicate a location or a distributed area of each of the plurality of wireless access points, for example, a crowded commercial area, etc. The history information of the distribution area is used to indicate flow information and the like of the history of the distribution area.
针对所述第二类型的接入点移动集,所述基站可以基于用户终端2的终端信息,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二类型的接入点移动集,作为所述第二类型的接入点移动集的分组条件的所述终端信息可以为所述用户终端2的物理移动信息,所述用户终端2的物理移动信息可以包括所述用户终端2的移动方向和移动轨迹。For the second type of access point mobility set, the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal 2 to generate a second type of access point. The mobile set, the terminal information as a grouping condition of the second type of access point mobility set may be physical mobility information of the user terminal 2, and the physical mobility information of the user terminal 2 may include the user terminal 2 moving direction and moving track.
需要说明的是,所述接入点移动集包括至少一个无线接入点中每个无线接入点的接入点信息,所述每个无线接入点的接入点信息可以包括但不限于所述每个无线接入点的SSID、BSSID、HESSID;所述第一类型的接入点移动集为默认配置的所述接入点移动集,即默认可以为接入小区的用户终端2分配的接入点移动集;所述第二类型的接入点移动集为针对所述用户终端2所配置的所述接入点移动集,即针对需要无线业务增值的用户终端2所配置的接入点移动集。可以理解的是,所述第一类型的接入点移动集的数量和所述第二类型的接入点移动集的数量均可以为一个或多个,具体由分组时所基于的分组条件所决定。It should be noted that the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point may include but is not limited to The SSID, the BSSID, and the HESSID of each of the wireless access points; the first type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured by default, that is, the user terminal 2 of the access cell may be allocated by default. Access point mobility set; the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal 2, that is, configured for the user terminal 2 requiring wireless service value addition Into the move set. It can be understood that the number of access point movement sets of the first type and the number of access point movement sets of the second type may both be one or more, specifically by the grouping conditions on which the grouping is based. Decide.
在本发明实施例中,基站通过获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,并采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,用户终端可以接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。通过采用接入点移动集的方式,使得用户终端在移动过程中可以在接入点移动集自动检测并连接无线接入点,提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,进而保证了无线业务的连续性,提升了无线业务的处理效率,同时,通过广播信令的方式对用户终端广播第一类型的接入点移动集,可以无需单独为用户终端进行配置,节省了信令开销,而通过单播信令的方式对用户终端传输第二类型的接入点移动集,可以满足不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or The second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling, and the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set. By adopting the access point movement set, the user terminal can automatically detect and connect the wireless access point in the access point mobile set during the mobile process, thereby improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the wireless service. Continuity improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service. At the same time, the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead. The unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
请参见图10,为本发明实施例提供了另一种用户终端的结构示意图。如图10所示,本发明实施例的所述用户终端2可以包括:移动集接收单元21、移动集配置单元22、优先级信息发送单元23、状态发送单元24、移动信息发送单元25、参数发送单元26、标识接收单元27和接入点信息发送单元28。FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another user terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 10, the user terminal 2 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a mobile set receiving unit 21, a mobile set configuration unit 22, a priority information transmitting unit 23, a status transmitting unit 24, a mobile information sending unit 25, and parameters. The transmitting unit 26, the identification receiving unit 27, and the access point information transmitting unit 28.
参数发送单元26,用于向基站发送用户终端2的终端参数;a parameter sending unit 26, configured to send a terminal parameter of the user terminal 2 to the base station;
具体实现中,所述参数发送单元26可以向基站发送所述用户终端2的终端参数,所述终端参数用于表示所述用户终端2可以接收的信令能力,所述基站根据所述终端参数确定针对所述用户终端2的信令传输方式,所述信令传输方式为广播信令的输出方式或单播信令的输出方式。In a specific implementation, the parameter sending unit 26 may send the terminal parameter of the user terminal 2 to the base station, where the terminal parameter is used to indicate the signaling capability that the user terminal 2 can receive, and the base station according to the terminal parameter Determining a signaling transmission manner for the user terminal 2, where the signaling transmission mode is an output manner of broadcast signaling or an output manner of unicast signaling.
移动集接收单元21,用于接收基站采用广播信令输出的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令输出的第二类型的接入点移动集;a mobile set receiving unit 21, configured to receive a first type of access point mobility set output by the base station by using a broadcast signaling, or a second type of access point mobility set output by using unicast signaling;
具体实现中,基站可以通过广播信令的方式对所服务的小区内包含的用户终端2输出第一类型的接入点移动集,所述广播信令优选为SIB信令等,通过对第一类型的接入点移动集进行广播,可以无需分别为小区内的用户终端2单独配置一个接入点移动集,节省了信令开销。所述移动集接收单元21接收所广播的所述第一类型的接入点移动集;In a specific implementation, the base station may output a first type of access point mobility set to the user terminal 2 included in the served cell by means of broadcast signaling, where the broadcast signaling is preferably SIB signaling, etc. A type of access point mobility set is broadcast, and it is not necessary to separately configure one access point mobility set for the user terminal 2 in the cell, which saves signaling overhead. The mobile set receiving unit 21 receives the broadcasted first set of access point movement sets;
所述基站可以通过单播信令的方式对需要无线业务增值的用户终端2输出第二类型的接入点移动集,所述单播信令优选为单播的RRC信令,通过采用单播信令的方式对第二类型的接入点移动集进行传输,可以满足所服务的小区中不同用户终端2的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量。The base station may output a second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal 2 that needs to add value for the wireless service by means of unicast signaling, and the unicast signaling is preferably unicast RRC signaling, by using unicast The signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals 2 in the served cell, and effectively ensures the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service.
需要说明的是,用户终端2在属于同一个第一类型的接入点移动集中或属于同一个第二类型的接入点移动集中的无线接入点间进行切换时,可以无需受到所述基站的控制,即无需与所述基站进行信令交互,节省了信令开销;而在不属于同一个第一类型的接入点移动集中或不属于同一个第二类型的接入点移动集中的无线接入点间进行切换时,则需要受到所述基站的控制。It should be noted that, when the user terminal 2 performs handover between the access point mobility groups belonging to the same first type or the access point mobility groups belonging to the same second type, the base station 2 may not need to be subjected to the base station. Control, that is, no need to perform signaling interaction with the base station, which saves signaling overhead; and does not belong to the same first type of access point mobile set or does not belong to the same second type of access point mobile set When switching between wireless access points, it needs to be controlled by the base station.
所述移动集接收单元21可以接收基站采用广播信令输出的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令输出的第二类型的接入点移动集。The mobile set receiving unit 21 may receive a second type of access point mobility set that is output by the base station using the first type of access point mobility set output by the base station or output by using unicast signaling.
进一步的,针对所述第一类型的接入点移动集,所述基站可以获取OAM 设备生成的第一类型的接入点移动集,所述OAM设备可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集,并将所述第一类型的接入点移动集传输至所述基站;或者,所述基站可以基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集。所述预先配置的分组条件可以包括所述非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点的分布区域和所述分布区域的历史信息中的至少一种,所述分布区域用于表示所述多个无线接入点中每个无线接入点所处位置或者所分布的区域等,例如:某个人群密集的商业区域等;所述分布区域的历史信息用于表示所述分布区域历史的流量信息等。Further, for the first type of access point mobility set, the base station may acquire OAM a first type of access point mobility set generated by the device, the OAM device may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region to generate a first type of access point based on pre-configured packet conditions Moving the set and transmitting the first type of access point move set to the base station; or the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed band area based on pre-configured packet conditions To generate a first type of access point move set. The pre-configured grouping condition may include at least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and historical information of the distribution area, the distribution area being used to indicate the plurality of The location of each wireless access point or the distributed area, etc., for example, a crowded commercial area, etc.; the historical information of the distribution area is used to indicate the traffic of the distribution area history Information, etc.
针对所述第二类型的接入点移动集,所述基站可以基于用户终端2的终端信息,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二类型的接入点移动集,作为所述第二类型的接入点移动集的分组条件的所述终端信息可以为所述用户终端2的物理移动信息,所述用户终端2的物理移动信息可以包括所述用户终端2的移动方向和移动轨迹。For the second type of access point mobility set, the base station may group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region based on the terminal information of the user terminal 2 to generate a second type of access point. The mobile set, the terminal information as a grouping condition of the second type of access point mobility set may be physical mobility information of the user terminal 2, and the physical mobility information of the user terminal 2 may include the user terminal 2 moving direction and moving track.
需要说明的是,所述接入点移动集包括至少一个无线接入点中每个无线接入点的接入点信息,所述每个无线接入点的接入点信息可以包括但不限于所述每个无线接入点的SSID、BSSID、HESSID;所述第一类型的接入点移动集为默认配置的所述接入点移动集,即默认可以为接入小区的用户终端2分配的接入点移动集;所述第二类型的接入点移动集为针对所述用户终端2所配置的所述接入点移动集,即针对需要无线业务增值的用户终端2所配置的接入点移动集。可以理解的是,所述第一类型的接入点移动集的数量和所述第二类型的接入点移动集的数量均可以为一个或多个,具体由分组时所基于的分组条件所决定。It should be noted that the access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point may include but is not limited to The SSID, the BSSID, and the HESSID of each of the wireless access points; the first type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured by default, that is, the user terminal 2 of the access cell may be allocated by default. Access point mobility set; the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal 2, that is, configured for the user terminal 2 requiring wireless service value addition Into the move set. It can be understood that the number of access point movement sets of the first type and the number of access point movement sets of the second type may both be one or more, specifically by the grouping conditions on which the grouping is based. Decide.
移动集配置单元22,用于配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集;a mobile set configuration unit 22, configured to configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
具体实现中,所述移动集配置单元22配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集。In a specific implementation, the mobility set configuration unit 22 configures the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
可选的,优先级信息发送单元23,用于向所述基站发送所述用户终端2的优先级信息; Optionally, the priority information sending unit 23 is configured to send the priority information of the user terminal 2 to the base station;
移动集接收单元21,还用于接收所述基站采用单播信令输出的所述第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;The mobile set receiving unit 21 is further configured to receive, by the base station, the second type of access point movement set after the first update processing by using unicast signaling;
移动集配置单元22,还用于采用所述第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;The mobile set configuration unit 22 is further configured to: update the configured access point mobility set of the first type or the second type by using the second type of access point mobility set after the first update processing Access point move set;
具体实现中,针对优先级信息,所述优先级信息发送单元23可以向所述基站发送所述用户终端2的优先级信息,所述基站获取所述用户终端2的优先级信息,可以检测所述用户终端2的优先级信息,所述优先级信息可以包括第一优先级和第二优先级中的任一种,若所述优先级信息为第一优先级,则表明所述用户终端2预先进行业务需求增值的办理,需要对具备第一优先级的用户终端2提供专属的业务服务,所述基站可以根据所述用户终端2的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点再次进行分组,以生成第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,所述移动集接收单元21可以接收所述基站采用单播信令输出的所述第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,所述移动集配置单元22采用所述第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;若所述优先级信息为第二优先级,则表明所述用户终端2未进行业务需求增值的办理,只需满足基本的业务服务即可,即无需生成新的接入点移动集。In a specific implementation, for the priority information, the priority information sending unit 23 may send the priority information of the user terminal 2 to the base station, and the base station acquires the priority information of the user terminal 2, and may detect the The priority information of the user terminal 2, the priority information may include any one of a first priority and a second priority, and if the priority information is the first priority, the user terminal 2 is indicated For the processing of the value-added service in advance, it is necessary to provide a dedicated service service to the user terminal 2 having the first priority, and the base station can access multiple wireless accesses in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the terminal information of the user terminal 2. The points are grouped again to generate a second type of access point movement set after the first update process, and the mobile set receiving unit 21 may receive the first update process after the base station outputs the unicast signaling. a second type of access point mobility set, the mobility set configuration unit 22 adopting the second type of access point mobility set after the first update processing, and updating the configured a type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set; if the priority information is the second priority, it indicates that the user terminal 2 does not perform the service demand value addition, only Satisfy basic business services, that is, no need to generate new access point move sets.
可选的,状态发送单元24,用于向所述基站发送所述用户终端2的网络启动状态;Optionally, the status sending unit 24 is configured to send, to the base station, a network startup state of the user terminal 2;
移动集接收单元21,还用于接收所述基站采用单播信令输出的所述第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;The mobile set receiving unit 21 is further configured to receive the second type of access point mobility set after the second update processing by the base station by using unicast signaling;
移动集配置单元22,还用于采用所述第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;The mobile set configuration unit 22 is further configured to: use the second type of access point move set after the second update process, to update the configured first type access point move set or the second type Access point move set;
具体实现中,针对网络启动状态,所述状态发送单元24可以将当前所述用户终端2的网络启动状态发送至所述基站,所述基站获取所述用户终端2的网络启动状态,当所述网络启动状态表示为所述用户终端2在开启了LTE网络和无线局域网的融合时,所述基站可以根据所述用户终端2的终端信息对 非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点再次进行分组,以生成第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,所述移动集接收单元21可以接收所述基站采用单播信令输出的所述第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,所述移动集配置单元22采用所述第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。In a specific implementation, for the network startup state, the status sending unit 24 may send a network startup status of the current user terminal 2 to the base station, where the base station acquires a network startup status of the user terminal 2, when The network startup state is represented by the user terminal 2, when the convergence of the LTE network and the wireless local area network is enabled, the base station may be based on the terminal information of the user terminal 2 The plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area are grouped again to generate a second type of access point move set after the second update process, and the move set receiving unit 21 can receive the base station to use the unicast message. And outputting the second type of access point movement set after the second update processing, the movement set configuration unit 22 adopts the second type of access point movement set after the second update processing, and updates the configured The first type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set.
可选的,移动信息发送单元25,用于向所述基站发送所述用户终端2的物理移动变化信息;Optionally, the mobile information sending unit 25 is configured to send physical mobility change information of the user terminal 2 to the base station;
移动集接收单元21,还用于接收所述基站采用单播信令输出的所述第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;The mobile set receiving unit 21 is further configured to receive, according to the third update processing, the second type of access point movement set that is output by the base station by using unicast signaling;
移动集配置单元22,还用于采用所述第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;The mobile set configuration unit 22 is further configured to: use the third type of access point mobility set after the third update process, to update the configured first type access point mobility set or the second type Access point move set;
具体实现中,针对物理移动变化信息,所述用户终端2可以基于前述所述用户终端2的物理移动信息,对当前所述用户终端2的移动方向和移动轨迹进行判断,当移动方向和/或移动轨迹发生变化时,可以基于变化后的物理移动信息生成物理移动变化信息,所述移动信息发送单元25可以将所述物理移动变化信息发送至所述基站,所述基站获取所述用户终端2的物理移动变化信息,并根据所述物理移动变化信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点再次进行分组,以生成第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,所述移动集接收单元21可以接收所述基站采用单播信令输出的所述第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,所述移动集配置单元22采用所述第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。In a specific implementation, for the physical mobility change information, the user terminal 2 may determine the moving direction and the moving trajectory of the current user terminal 2 based on the physical movement information of the user terminal 2, when the moving direction and/or When the movement trajectory changes, the physical movement change information may be generated based on the changed physical movement information, and the mobile information transmission unit 25 may send the physical movement change information to the base station, where the base station acquires the user terminal 2 The physical movement change information, and grouping the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the physical movement change information to generate a second type of access point movement set after the third update processing, The mobile set receiving unit 21 may receive the third type of access point movement set after the third update processing output by the base station by using unicast signaling, and the mobile set configuration unit 22 adopts the third update processing. a second type of access point move set, updating the configured first type of access point move set or the second type Mobile access point set.
需要说明的是,针对用户终端2传输的优先级信息、网络启动状态和物理移动变化信息中的至少一种移动集更新信息,可以进行多种组合方式,例如:当所述用户终端2的优先级信息为第一优先级,并且网络启动状态表示为所述用户终端2在开启了LTE网络和无线局域网的融合时,再触发所述基站生成更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集等,具体组合方式可以由运营商进行设置。 It should be noted that, for at least one of the priority information, the network startup state, and the physical mobility change information transmitted by the user terminal 2, multiple combinations may be performed, for example, when the user terminal 2 is prioritized. The level information is the first priority, and the network startup status is represented by the user terminal 2 triggering the second type of access point movement set after the base station generates the update process when the convergence of the LTE network and the wireless local area network is enabled. Etc. The specific combination can be set by the operator.
可选的,移动集配置单元22,还用于当所述基站在所述非授权频段区域中检测到存在第一无线接入点的位置更新信息时,采用所述基站采用广播信令输出的所述第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令输出的所述第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;Optionally, the mobile set configuration unit 22 is further configured to: when the base station detects the location update information of the first wireless access point in the unlicensed frequency band region, use the base station to adopt broadcast signaling output. The first type of access point movement set after the fourth update processing or the second type of access point movement set after the fourth update processing output by unicast signaling, updating the configured a type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set;
具体实现中,针对位置更新信息,所述基站在所述非授权频段区域中检测存在第一无线接入点的位置更新信息,所述基站可以根据所述位置更新信息所指示的所述第一无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第四更新处理,所述移动集配置单元22可以接收所述基站采用广播信令输出的所述第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令输出的所述第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,采用所述第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。In a specific implementation, for the location update information, the base station detects location update information of the first wireless access point in the unlicensed frequency band region, and the base station may be configured according to the location indicated by the location update information. a location of the wireless access point, performing a fourth update process on the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, the mobility set configuration unit 22 may receive the The second type of access point movement set after the fourth update processing by the base station or the second type of access point movement set after the fourth update processing is output by using the unicast signaling, Updating the configured first type of access point by using the first type of access point mobility set after the fourth update process or the second type of access point mobility set after the fourth update process Moving set or the second type of access point move set.
可选的,移动集配置单元22,还用于当所述基站在所述非授权频段区域中检测到存在第二无线接入点的接入信息时,采用所述基站采用广播信令输出的所述第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令输出的所述第五更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;Optionally, the mobile set configuration unit 22 is further configured to: when the base station detects the presence of the access information of the second wireless access point in the unlicensed frequency band region, the base station uses the broadcast signaling output The first type of access point movement set after the fifth update processing or the second type of access point movement set after the fifth update processing output by unicast signaling, updating the configured a type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set;
具体实现中,针对接入信息,所述基站在所述非授权频段区域中检测存在第二无线接入点的接入信息,所述基站可以根据所述接入信息所指示的所述第二无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第五更新处理,所述移动集配置单元22可以接收所述基站采用广播信令输出的所述第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令输出的所述第五更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,采用所述第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二更新处理后的第五类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。In a specific implementation, for the access information, the base station detects, in the unlicensed frequency band region, access information of the second wireless access point, where the base station may be according to the second indicated by the access information. a location of the wireless access point, performing a fifth update process on the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, the mobility set configuration unit 22 may receive the The base station adopts the fifth update processing of the first type of access point mobility set that is output by the broadcast signaling or the second type of access point mobility set that is output by using the unicast signaling, Updating the configured first type of access point by using the fifth type of access point movement set after the fifth update process or the fifth type of access point movement set after the second update process Moving set or the second type of access point move set.
标识接收单元27,用于在接收所述基站采用广播信令输出的第一类型的 接入点移动集或采用单播信令输出的第二类型的接入点移动集时,接收所述基站采用广播信令输出的所述第一类型的接入点移动集的第一移动集标识或采用单播信令输出的所述第二类型的接入点移动集的第二移动集标识;An identifier receiving unit 27, configured to receive the first type of the base station that uses broadcast signaling output Receiving, by an access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set output by unicast signaling, receiving a first mobility set of the first type of access point mobility set output by the base station by using broadcast signaling Identifying or using a second mobile set identifier of the second type of access point mobility set output by unicast signaling;
具体实现中,所述基站在采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出时,还可以同时采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集的第一移动集标识进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集的第二移动集标识进行输出,可以理解的是,所述第一移动集标识和第二移动集标识包含所述接入点移动集所属基站的基站标识。In a specific implementation, when the base station outputs the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or outputs the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling, Simultaneously using the broadcast signaling to output the first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set or using unicast signaling to perform the second mobile set identifier of the second type of access point mobility set Output, it can be understood that the first mobility set identifier and the second mobility set identifier comprise base station identifiers of base stations to which the access point mobility set belongs.
所述标识接收单元27在所述移动集接收单元21接收所述基站采用广播信令输出的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令输出的第二类型的接入点移动集时,接收所述基站采用广播信令输出的所述第一类型的接入点移动集的第一移动集标识或采用单播信令输出的所述第二类型的接入点移动集的第二移动集标识。通过向用户终端2输出包含基站标识的移动集标识,使得用户终端2在基站间切换时,可以快速定位当前接入的基站,并准确获取所接入的基站的接入点移动集,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率。The identifier receiving unit 27 receives, at the mobile set receiving unit 21, a first type of access point mobility set that the base station outputs by using broadcast signaling or a second type of access point mobility set that is output by using unicast signaling. Receiving, by the base station, a first mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set output by the base station, or a second type of access point mobility set output by using unicast signaling Two mobile set identifiers. By outputting the mobile set identifier including the identifier of the base station to the user terminal 2, the user terminal 2 can quickly locate the currently accessed base station when the user terminal 2 switches between the base stations, and accurately acquire the access point mobile set of the accessed base station, further improving The connection efficiency with the wireless access point.
优选的,所述标识接收单元27还可以接收所述基站发采用广播信令输出的更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集的移动集标识或采用单播信令输出的更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集的移动集标识,移动集标识接收的方式可以与上述接收的方式相同,在此不进行赘述。Preferably, the identifier receiving unit 27 may further receive the mobile set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set after the base station sends the update processing by using the broadcast signaling, or after the update processing by using the unicast signaling output. The mobile set identifier of the second type of access point mobility set, the manner of receiving the mobile set identifier may be the same as the manner of receiving the foregoing, and details are not described herein.
接入点信息发送单元28,用于当所述用户终端2在非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点中,从源无线接入点切换至目标无线接入点时,向所述基站发送所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息;The access point information sending unit 28 is configured to: when the user terminal 2 switches from the source wireless access point to the target wireless access point among the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band area, to the base station Sending access point information of the target wireless access point;
具体实现中,当所述用户终端2在非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点中,从源无线接入点切换至目标无线接入点时,例如:随着所述用户终端2的移动,所述用户终端2与源无线接入点的连接信号逐步减弱,此时需要连接到信号更强的目标无线接入点等,可以理解的是,所述源无线接入点与所述目标无线接入点均属于所述非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点中的无线接入点,所述接入点信息发送单元28可以在所述用户终端2接入所述目标无线接入点后,向所 述基站发送所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息,所述基站获取所述用户终端2发送的所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息。In a specific implementation, when the user terminal 2 switches from a source wireless access point to a target wireless access point among multiple wireless access points in an unlicensed frequency band region, for example, along with the user terminal 2 Moving, the connection signal of the user terminal 2 and the source wireless access point is gradually weakened, and at this time, it is required to connect to a target wireless access point with a stronger signal, etc., it can be understood that the source wireless access point and the The target wireless access points belong to the wireless access points of the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region, and the access point information sending unit 28 can access the target wireless device at the user terminal 2 After the access point, the office The base station sends the access point information of the target wireless access point, and the base station acquires the access point information of the target wireless access point sent by the user terminal 2.
所述基站可以将准备分流至所述源无线接入点的且属于所述用户终端2的业务数据或者已经分流至所述源无线接入点的且属于所述用户终端2的业务数据,按照所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息发送至所述目标无线接入点。在无线接入点切换过程中,通过用户终端2主动上报切换后的无线接入点的接入点信号,可以使得业务数据准确分流至用户终端2,进一步提升了无线业务的处理效率,有效的保证了无线业务的连续性。The base station may be configured to offload service data that belongs to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal 2 or service data that has been offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal 2, according to The access point information of the target wireless access point is sent to the target wireless access point. During the process of the wireless access point switching, the user terminal 2 actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point, so that the service data can be accurately distributed to the user terminal 2, thereby further improving the processing efficiency of the wireless service, and effectively The continuity of wireless services is guaranteed.
在本发明实施例中,基站通过获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,并采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,用户终端可以接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。通过采用接入点移动集的方式,使得用户终端在移动过程中可以在接入点移动集自动检测并连接无线接入点,提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,进而保证了无线业务的连续性,提升了无线业务的处理效率,同时,通过广播信令的方式对用户终端广播第一类型的接入点移动集,可以无需单独为用户终端进行配置,节省了信令开销,而通过单播信令的方式对用户终端传输第二类型的接入点移动集,可以满足不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量;通过向用户终端输出包含基站标识的移动集标识,使得用户终端在基站间切换时,可以快速定位当前接入的基站,并准确获取所接入的基站的接入点移动集,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率;通过用户终端主动上报切换后的无线接入点的接入点信号,可以使得业务数据准确分流至用户终端,进一步提升了无线业务的处理效率,有效的保证了无线业务的连续性。In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or The second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling, and the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set. By adopting the access point movement set, the user terminal can automatically detect and connect the wireless access point in the access point mobile set during the mobile process, thereby improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the wireless service. Continuity improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service. At the same time, the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead. The unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, effectively guarantees the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service; and outputs the base station identifier by outputting to the user terminal. The mobile set identifier enables the user terminal to quickly locate the currently accessed base station when the user terminal switches between the base stations, and accurately acquires the access point mobility set of the accessed base station, thereby further improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point; After the user terminal actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point, the service data can be made accurate. Split to the user terminal, to further improve the processing efficiency of wireless service, effectively ensures the continuity of the wireless services.
请参见图11,为本发明实施例提供了又一种用户终端的结构示意图。如图11所示,该用户终端包括:至少一个处理器1101,例如CPU,输入设备1103、输出设备1104,存储器1105,至少一个通信总线1102。其中,通信总线1102用于实现这些组件之间的连接通信。其中,存储器1105可以是高速RAM存储器,也可以是非不稳定的存储器(non-volatile memory),例如至少一个磁盘 存储器。存储器1105可选的还可以是至少一个位于远离前述处理器1101的存储装置。其中处理器1101可以结合图9和图10所描述的用户终端,存储器1105中存储一组程序代码,且处理器1101调用存储器1105中存储的程序代码,用于执行以下操作:FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of still another user terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 11, the user terminal includes at least one processor 1101, such as a CPU, an input device 1103, an output device 1104, a memory 1105, and at least one communication bus 1102. Among them, the communication bus 1102 is used to implement connection communication between these components. The memory 1105 may be a high-speed RAM memory or a non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk. Memory. The memory 1105 can also optionally be at least one storage device located remotely from the aforementioned processor 1101. The processor 1101 can be combined with the user terminal described in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, a set of program codes is stored in the memory 1105, and the processor 1101 calls the program code stored in the memory 1105 for performing the following operations:
控制所述输入设备1103接收基站采用广播信令输出的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令输出的第二类型的接入点移动集;Controlling, by the input device 1103, a first type of access point mobility set output by the base station by using a broadcast signaling, or a second type of access point movement set outputting by using unicast signaling;
配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集;Configuring the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
其中,所述接入点移动集包括至少一个无线接入点中每个无线接入点的接入点信息,所述第一类型的接入点移动集为默认配置的所述接入点移动集,所述第二类型的接入点移动集为针对用户终端所配置的所述接入点移动集。The access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the first type of access point mobility set is the default configured access point movement. The set, the second type of access point mobility set is the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器1101调用存储器1105中存储的程序代码,还执行以下操作:In an alternative embodiment, the processor 1101 calls the program code stored in the memory 1105 and also performs the following operations:
控制所述输出设备1104向所述基站发送所述用户终端的优先级信息,以使所述基站根据所述优先级信息以及所述用户终端的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,所述终端信息为所述用户终端的物理移动信息;Controlling, by the output device 1104, the priority information of the user terminal to the base station, so that the base station performs multiple wireless connections in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the priority information and the terminal information of the user terminal. The ingress is grouped to generate a second type of access point mobility set after the first update process, where the terminal information is physical mobility information of the user terminal;
控制所述输入设备1103接收所述基站采用单播信令输出的所述第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,并采用所述第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。Controlling, by the input device 1103, the second type of access point movement set after the first update processing that is output by the base station by using the unicast signaling, and adopting the second type of connection after the first update processing The inbound mobility set updates the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器1101调用存储器1105中存储的程序代码,还执行以下操作:In an alternative embodiment, the processor 1101 calls the program code stored in the memory 1105 and also performs the following operations:
控制所述输出设备1104向所述基站发送所述用户终端的网络启动状态,以使所述基站根据所述网络启动状态以及所述用户终端的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,所述终端信息为所述用户终端的物理移动信息;Controlling, by the output device 1104, the network startup state of the user terminal to the base station, so that the base station performs multiple wireless connections in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the network startup state and the terminal information of the user terminal. The ingress is grouped to generate a second type of access point mobility set after the second update process, where the terminal information is physical mobility information of the user terminal;
控制所述输入设备1103接收所述基站采用单播信令输出的所述第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,并采用所述第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的 接入点移动集。Controlling, by the input device 1103, the second type of access point movement set after the second update processing that is output by the base station by using the unicast signaling, and adopting the second type of connection after the second update processing Inbound movement set, updating the configured first type of access point movement set or the second type Access point move set.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器1101调用存储器1105中存储的程序代码,还执行以下操作:In an alternative embodiment, the processor 1101 calls the program code stored in the memory 1105 and also performs the following operations:
控制所述输出设备1104向所述基站发送所述用户终端的物理移动变化信息,以使所述基站根据所述物理移动变化信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;Controlling, by the output device 1104, the physical mobility change information of the user terminal, to enable the base station to group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the physical mobility change information, to Generating a second type of access point movement set after the third update process;
控制所述输入设备1103接收所述基站采用单播信令输出的所述第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,并采用所述第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。Controlling, by the input device 1103, the second type of access point movement set after the third update processing that is output by the base station by using the unicast signaling, and adopting the second type of connection after the third update processing The inbound mobility set updates the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器1101调用存储器1105中存储的程序代码,还执行以下操作:In an alternative embodiment, the processor 1101 calls the program code stored in the memory 1105 and also performs the following operations:
当所述基站在所述非授权频段区域中检测到存在第一无线接入点的位置更新信息时,采用所述基站采用广播信令输出的所述第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令输出的所述第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;When the base station detects that the location update information of the first wireless access point exists in the unlicensed frequency band region, the first type of connection after the fourth update processing that is output by the base station by using the broadcast signaling is adopted. Updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second by using an ingress mobility set or a fourth type of access point mobility set after the fourth update processing output by unicast signaling Type of access point move set;
所述第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集为所述基站根据所述位置更新信息所指示的所述第一无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行第四更新处理获得的接入点移动集;The first type of access point movement set after the fourth update processing is the location of the first wireless access point indicated by the base station according to the location update information, for the first type The access point movement set obtained by the access point movement set is subjected to the fourth update process;
所述第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集为所述基站根据所述位置更新信息所指示的所述第一无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第四更新处理获得的接入点移动集。The second type of access point movement set after the fourth update processing is the location of the first wireless access point indicated by the base station according to the location update information, for the second type The access point mobility set performs an access point movement set obtained by the fourth update process.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器1101调用存储器1105中存储的程序代码,还执行以下操作:In an alternative embodiment, the processor 1101 calls the program code stored in the memory 1105 and also performs the following operations:
当所述基站在所述非授权频段区域中检测到存在第二无线接入点的接入信息时,采用所述基站采用广播信令输出的所述第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令输出的所述第五更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入 点移动集;When the base station detects the presence of the access information of the second wireless access point in the unlicensed frequency band region, the first type of the fifth update processing after the base station uses the broadcast signaling output Updating the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second by using an ingress mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set after the fifth update processing output by unicast signaling Type access Point move set
所述第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集为所述基站根据所述接入信息所指示的所述第二无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行第五更新处理获得的接入点移动集;The first type of access point movement set after the fifth update processing is the location of the second wireless access point indicated by the base station according to the access information, and the first type of The access point movement set obtained by the access point movement set is subjected to the fifth update process;
所述第五更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集为所述基站根据所述接入信息所指示的所述第二无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第五更新处理获得的接入点移动集。The second type of access point movement set after the fifth update process is the location of the second wireless access point indicated by the base station according to the access information, and the second type The access point mobility set performs the access point movement set obtained by the fifth update process.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器1101调用存储器1105中存储的程序代码执行控制所述输入设备1103接收基站采用广播信令输出的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令输出的第二类型的接入点移动集之前,还执行以下操作:In an optional embodiment, the processor 1101 invokes a program code stored in the memory 1105 to perform control of the input device 1103 to receive a first type of access point movement set output by the base station using broadcast signaling for output or adopting a single Before the second type of access point move set is outputted by the signaling, the following operations are also performed:
控制所述输出设备1104向基站发送用户终端的终端参数,以使所述基站根据所述终端参数确定针对所述用户终端的信令传输方式,所述信令传输方式为广播信令的输出方式或单播信令的输出方式。The output device 1104 is configured to send a terminal parameter of the user terminal to the base station, so that the base station determines a signaling transmission manner for the user terminal according to the terminal parameter, where the signaling transmission mode is a broadcast signaling output manner. Or the output mode of unicast signaling.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器1101调用存储器1105中存储的程序代码,还执行以下操作:In an alternative embodiment, the processor 1101 calls the program code stored in the memory 1105 and also performs the following operations:
在控制所述输入设备1103接收所述基站采用广播信令输出的第一类型的接入点移动集或采用单播信令输出的第二类型的接入点移动集时,控制所述输入设备1103接收所述基站采用广播信令输出的所述第一类型的接入点移动集的第一移动集标识或采用单播信令输出的所述第二类型的接入点移动集的第二移动集标识;Controlling the input device when controlling the input device 1103 to receive a first type of access point mobility set output by the base station using broadcast signaling or a second type of access point mobility set output by using unicast signaling 1103. Receive a first mobility set identifier of the first type of access point mobility set output by the base station by using a broadcast signaling, or a second mobility type of the second type access point mobility set output by using unicast signaling. Mobile set identifier;
其中,所述第一移动集标识和第二移动集标识包含所述接入点移动集所属基站的基站标识。The first mobility set identifier and the second mobility set identifier include a base station identifier of a base station to which the access point mobility set belongs.
在可选的实施例中,所述处理器1101调用存储器1105中存储的程序代码,还执行以下操作:In an alternative embodiment, the processor 1101 calls the program code stored in the memory 1105 and also performs the following operations:
当所述用户终端在非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点中,从源无线接入点切换至目标无线接入点时,控制所述输出设备1104向所述基站发送所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息,以使所述基站将分流至所述源无线接入点的且属于所述用户终端的业务数据,按照所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息发送至所 述目标无线接入点。When the user terminal switches from the source wireless access point to the target wireless access point among the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region, controlling the output device 1104 to send the target wireless to the base station The access point information of the access point, so that the base station transmits the service data that is offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal, according to the access point information of the target wireless access point to Place The target wireless access point.
在本发明实施例中,基站通过获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,并采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,用户终端可以接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。通过采用接入点移动集的方式,使得用户终端在移动过程中可以在接入点移动集自动检测并连接无线接入点,提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,进而保证了无线业务的连续性,提升了无线业务的处理效率,同时,通过广播信令的方式对用户终端广播第一类型的接入点移动集,可以无需单独为用户终端进行配置,节省了信令开销,而通过单播信令的方式对用户终端传输第二类型的接入点移动集,可以满足不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量;通过向用户终端输出包含基站标识的移动集标识,使得用户终端在基站间切换时,可以快速定位当前接入的基站,并准确获取所接入的基站的接入点移动集,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率;通过用户终端主动上报切换后的无线接入点的接入点信号,可以使得业务数据准确分流至用户终端,进一步提升了无线业务的处理效率,有效的保证了无线业务的连续性。In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or The second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling, and the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set. By adopting the access point movement set, the user terminal can automatically detect and connect the wireless access point in the access point mobile set during the mobile process, thereby improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the wireless service. Continuity improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service. At the same time, the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can be configured separately for the user terminal, thereby saving signaling overhead. The unicast signaling mode transmits the second type of access point mobility set to the user terminal, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, effectively guarantees the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service; and outputs the base station identifier by outputting to the user terminal. The mobile set identifier enables the user terminal to quickly locate the currently accessed base station when the user terminal switches between the base stations, and accurately acquires the access point mobility set of the accessed base station, thereby further improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point; After the user terminal actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point, the service data can be made accurate. Split to the user terminal, to further improve the processing efficiency of wireless service, effectively ensures the continuity of the wireless services.
本发明实施例还提供了一种无线接入点的配置系统,可以包括基站和用户终端,其中,所述基站可以为图6或图7所示实施例的基站1,所述用户终端可以为图9或图10所示实施例的用户终端2;或者,所述基站可以为图8所示实施例的基站,所述用户终端可以为图11所示实施例的用户终端。The embodiment of the present invention further provides a configuration system of a wireless access point, which may include a base station and a user terminal, where the base station may be the base station 1 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 or FIG. The user terminal 2 of the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 or FIG. 10; or the base station may be the base station of the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and the user terminal may be the user terminal of the embodiment shown in FIG.
在本发明实施例中,基站通过获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集,并采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,用户终端可以接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。通过采用接入点移动集的方式,使得用户终端在移动过程中可以在接入点移动集自动检测并连接无线接入点,提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,进而保证了无线业务的连续性,提升了无线业务的处理效率,同时,通过广播信令的方式对用户终端广播第一类型的接入点移动集,可以无需单独为用户终端进行配置,节省了信 令开销,而通过单播信令的方式对用户终端传输第二类型的接入点移动集,可以满足不同用户终端的业务需求,有效的保证了无线业务的处理效率及处理质量;通过与无线局域网终端建立通信连接,可以及时、动态的获得与无线局域网终端相连的无线接入点的最新状态,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率,保证了业务数据分流的时效性;通过向用户终端输出包含基站标识的移动集标识,使得用户终端在基站间切换时,可以快速定位当前接入的基站,并准确获取所接入的基站的接入点移动集,进一步提升了与无线接入点的连接效率;通过用户终端主动上报切换后的无线接入点的接入点信号,可以使得业务数据准确分流至用户终端,进一步提升了无线业务的处理效率,有效的保证了无线业务的连续性。In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station obtains the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set, and uses broadcast signaling to output the first type of access point mobility set or The second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling, and the user terminal may receive and configure the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set. By adopting the access point movement set, the user terminal can automatically detect and connect the wireless access point in the access point mobile set during the mobile process, thereby improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, thereby ensuring the wireless service. Continuity improves the processing efficiency of the wireless service. At the same time, the first type of access point mobility set is broadcast to the user terminal by means of broadcast signaling, which can save the letter without separately configuring the user terminal. The overhead is transmitted, and the second type of access point mobility set is transmitted to the user terminal by means of unicast signaling, which can meet the service requirements of different user terminals, effectively ensuring the processing efficiency and processing quality of the wireless service; The local area network terminal establishes a communication connection, and can obtain the latest state of the wireless access point connected to the wireless local area network terminal in a timely and dynamic manner, further improving the connection efficiency with the wireless access point, and ensuring the timeliness of service data offloading; The terminal output includes the mobile set identifier of the base station identifier, so that when the user terminal switches between the base stations, the currently accessed base station can be quickly located, and the access point mobile set of the accessed base station is accurately acquired, thereby further improving the wireless access. The connection efficiency of the point; the user terminal actively reports the access point signal of the switched wireless access point, so that the service data can be accurately distributed to the user terminal, further improving the processing efficiency of the wireless service, and effectively ensuring the continuity of the wireless service. Sex.
本发明实施例中所述模块或单元,可以通过通用集成电路,例如CPU(Central Processing Unit,中央处理器),或通过ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,专用集成电路)来实现。The module or unit in the embodiment of the present invention may be implemented by a general-purpose integrated circuit, such as a CPU (Central Processing Unit) or an ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit).
本发明实施例方法中的步骤可以根据实际需要进行顺序调整、合并和删减。The steps in the method of the embodiment of the present invention may be sequentially adjusted, merged, and deleted according to actual needs.
本发明实施例终端中的模块或单元可以根据实际需要进行合并、划分和删减。The modules or units in the terminal in the embodiment of the present invention may be combined, divided, and deleted according to actual needs.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程,是可以通过计算机程序来指令相关的硬件来完成,所述的程序可存储于一计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法的实施例的流程。其中,所述的存储介质可为磁碟、光盘、只读存储记忆体(Read-Only Memory,ROM)或随机存储记忆体(Random Access Memory,RAM)等。One of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the process of implementing the foregoing embodiments can be completed by a computer program to instruct related hardware, and the program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. When executed, the flow of an embodiment of the methods as described above may be included. The storage medium may be a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a read-only memory (ROM), or a random access memory (RAM).
以上所揭露的仅为本发明较佳实施例而已,当然不能以此来限定本发明之权利范围,因此依本发明权利要求所作的等同变化,仍属本发明所涵盖的范围。 The above is only the preferred embodiment of the present invention, and the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and thus equivalent changes made in the claims of the present invention are still within the scope of the present invention.

Claims (20)

  1. 一种无线接入点的配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for configuring a wireless access point, comprising:
    获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集;Obtaining a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set;
    采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;Outputting the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or outputting the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling, so that the user terminal receives and configures the first a type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set;
    其中,所述接入点移动集包括至少一个无线接入点中每个无线接入点的接入点信息,所述每个无线接入点的接入点信息包括所述每个无线接入点的服务集识别号SSID、基本服务集识别号BSSID、同质扩展基本服务集识别号HESSID以上三者中的至少一者,所述第一类型的接入点移动集为默认配置的所述接入点移动集,所述第二类型的接入点移动集为针对所述用户终端所配置的所述接入点移动集。The access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point includes the each wireless access At least one of a service set identification number SSID, a basic service set identification number BSSID, and a homogeneous extended basic service set identification number HESSID of the first type, the first type of access point movement set being the default configuration An access point mobility set, the second type of access point mobility set being the access point mobility set configured for the user terminal.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取第一类型的接入点移动集,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the obtaining the first type of access point movement set comprises:
    获取操作维护管理OAM设备基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成的第一类型的接入点移动集;或者,Acquiring an operation and maintenance management OAM device to group a plurality of wireless access points in an unlicensed band region based on pre-configured grouping conditions to generate a first type of access point movement set; or
    基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集;And grouping, by the pre-configured grouping conditions, a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area to generate a first type of access point movement set;
    所述预先配置的分组条件包括所述非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点的分布区域和所述分布区域的历史信息中的至少一种;The pre-configured grouping condition includes at least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and historical information of the distribution area;
    所述获取第二类型的接入点移动集,包括:The acquiring the second type of access point movement set includes:
    基于用户终端的终端信息,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二类型的接入点移动集,所述终端信息为所述用户终端的物理移动信息。The plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region are grouped according to the terminal information of the user terminal to generate a second type of access point movement set, where the terminal information is physical movement information of the user terminal.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    获取所述用户终端的优先级信息,并根据所述优先级信息以及所述用户终 端的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;Obtaining priority information of the user terminal, and according to the priority information and the user end The terminal information of the terminal groups the plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region to generate a second type of access point movement set after the first update processing;
    采用单播信令对第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端采用所述第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。Outputting, by using unicast signaling, the second type of access point mobility set after the first update processing, so that the user terminal adopts the second type of access point mobility set after the first update processing, and updating the configured The first type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    获取所述用户终端的网络启动状态,并根据所述网络启动状态以及所述用户终端的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;Obtaining a network startup state of the user terminal, and grouping, by using the network startup state and the terminal information of the user terminal, a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region to generate a second update processing Two types of access point move sets;
    采用单播信令对第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端采用所述第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。Outputting, by using unicast signaling, the second type of access point mobility set after the second update processing, so that the user terminal adopts the second type of access point mobility set after the second update processing, and updating the configured The first type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    获取所述用户终端的物理移动变化信息,并根据所述物理移动变化信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;Obtaining physical mobility change information of the user terminal, and grouping, by using the physical mobility change information, multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region to generate a second type of access point after the third update process Mobile set
    采用单播信令对第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端采用所述第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。And outputting, by using unicast signaling, the second type of access point mobility set after the third update processing, so that the user terminal adopts the third type of access point mobility set after the third update processing, and updating the configured The first type of access point move set or the second type of access point move set.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    在所述非授权频段区域中检测存在第一无线接入点的位置更新信息,根据所述位置更新信息所指示的所述第一无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第四更新处理;Detecting, in the unlicensed band area, location update information of the first wireless access point, according to the location of the first wireless access point indicated by the location update information, for the first type And performing an fourth update process on the access point mobility set or the second type access point mobility set;
    采用广播信令对第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端采用所述第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第四更新 处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。Outputting the first type of access point mobility set after the fourth update processing by using broadcast signaling or outputting the second type of access point mobility set after the fourth update processing by using unicast signaling to enable the user The terminal adopts the first type of access point mobility set or the fourth update after the fourth update process The processed second type of access point mobility set updates the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    在所述非授权频段区域中检测存在第二无线接入点的接入信息,根据所述接入信息所指示的所述第二无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第五更新处理;Detecting, in the unlicensed band area, access information of the second wireless access point, according to the location of the second wireless access point indicated by the access information, to the first type Performing a fifth update process by the access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
    采用广播信令对第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对第五更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端采用所述第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二更新处理后的第五类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。Outputting the first type of access point mobility set after the fifth update processing by using broadcast signaling or outputting the second type of access point mobility set after the fifth update processing by using unicast signaling to enable the user The terminal updates the configured first type of access by using the first type of access point mobility set after the fifth update processing or the fifth type of access point mobility set after the second update processing A point move set or the second type of access point move set.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出之前,还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein said using said broadcast signal to output said first type of access point mobility set or using unicast signaling to move said second type of access point Before the set is output, it also includes:
    获取用户终端的终端参数,并根据所述终端参数确定针对所述用户终端的信令传输方式,所述信令传输方式为广播信令的输出方式或单播信令的输出方式。Obtaining a terminal parameter of the user terminal, and determining a signaling transmission manner for the user terminal according to the terminal parameter, where the signaling transmission mode is an output manner of broadcast signaling or an output manner of unicast signaling.
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    在采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出时,采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集的第一移动集标识进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集的第二移动集标识进行输出;When the output of the first type of access point mobility set is output by using broadcast signaling or the second type of access point mobility set is output by using unicast signaling, the first is adopted by using broadcast signaling. Outputting a first mobile set identifier of the access point mobility set of the type for output or outputting a second mobile set identifier of the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling;
    其中,所述第一移动集标识和第二移动集标识包含所述接入点移动集所属基站的基站标识。The first mobility set identifier and the second mobility set identifier include a base station identifier of a base station to which the access point mobility set belongs.
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括: The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    当所述用户终端在非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点中,从源无线接入点切换至目标无线接入点时,接收所述用户终端发送的所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息;Receiving, by the user terminal, the target wireless access point sent by the user terminal when the user terminal switches from the source wireless access point to the target wireless access point among the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region Access point information;
    将分流至所述源无线接入点的且属于所述用户终端的业务数据,按照所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息发送至所述目标无线接入点。The service data that is to be distributed to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal is sent to the target wireless access point according to the access point information of the target wireless access point.
  11. 一种基站,其特征在于,包括:A base station, comprising:
    移动集获取单元,用于获取第一类型的接入点移动集或第二类型的接入点移动集;a mobile set obtaining unit, configured to acquire a first type of access point mobility set or a second type of access point mobility set;
    移动集输出单元,用于采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端接收并配置所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集;a mobile set output unit, configured to output the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or output the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling to enable the user terminal Receiving and configuring the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
    其中,所述接入点移动集包括至少一个无线接入点中每个无线接入点的接入点信息,所述每个无线接入点的接入点信息包括所述每个无线接入点的SSID、BSSID、HESSID以上三者中的至少一者,所述第一类型的接入点移动集为默认配置的所述接入点移动集,所述第二类型的接入点移动集为针对所述用户终端所配置的所述接入点移动集。The access point mobility set includes access point information of each of the at least one wireless access point, and the access point information of each wireless access point includes the each wireless access At least one of the SSID, the BSSID, and the HESSID of the point, the access point mobility set of the first type is the access point mobility set of a default configuration, and the access point mobility set of the second type The set of access points that are configured for the user terminal.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的基站,其特征在于,所述移动集获取单元具体用于获取OAM设备基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成的第一类型的接入点移动集;或者,The base station according to claim 11, wherein the mobile set obtaining unit is configured to acquire, by the OAM device, grouping, by using a pre-configured grouping condition, a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region to generate The first type of access point move set; or,
    基于预先配置的分组条件,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一类型的接入点移动集;And grouping, by the pre-configured grouping conditions, a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area to generate a first type of access point movement set;
    所述预先配置的分组条件包括所述非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点的分布区域和所述分布区域的历史信息中的至少一种;或者,The pre-configured grouping condition includes at least one of a distribution area of a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed band area and historical information of the distribution area; or
    所述移动集获取单元具体用于基于用户终端的终端信息,对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二类型的接入点移动集,所述终端信息为所述用户终端的物理移动信息。 The mobile set obtaining unit is specifically configured to group, according to terminal information of the user terminal, a plurality of wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region to generate a second type of access point mobile set, where the terminal information is The physical movement information of the user terminal.
  13. 根据权利要求11所述的基站,其特征在于,还包括:The base station according to claim 11, further comprising:
    第一移动集生成单元,用于获取所述用户终端的优先级信息,并根据所述优先级信息以及所述用户终端的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;a first mobile set generating unit, configured to acquire priority information of the user terminal, and group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the priority information and the terminal information of the user terminal, Generating a second type of access point move set after the first update process;
    移动集输出单元,还用于采用单播信令对第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端采用所述第一更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。The mobile set output unit is further configured to output, by using unicast signaling, the second type of access point mobility set after the first update processing, so that the user terminal adopts the second type of the first update processing The inbound mobility set updates the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  14. 根据权利要求11所述的基站,其特征在于,还包括:The base station according to claim 11, further comprising:
    第二移动集生成单元,用于获取所述用户终端的网络启动状态,并根据所述网络启动状态以及所述用户终端的终端信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;a second mobile set generating unit, configured to acquire a network startup state of the user terminal, and group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the network startup state and terminal information of the user terminal, Generating a second type of access point move set after the second update process;
    移动集输出单元,还用于采用单播信令对第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端采用所述第二更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。The mobile set output unit is further configured to output, by using unicast signaling, the second type of access point move set after the second update process, so that the user terminal adopts the second type of the second update process The inbound mobility set updates the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  15. 根据权利要求11所述的基站,其特征在于,还包括:The base station according to claim 11, further comprising:
    第三移动集生成单元,用于获取所述用户终端的物理移动变化信息,并根据所述物理移动变化信息对非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点进行分组,以生成第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集;a third mobility set generating unit, configured to acquire physical mobility change information of the user terminal, and group multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band region according to the physical mobility change information, to generate a third update process The second type of access point move set;
    移动集输出单元,还用于采用单播信令对第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端采用所述第三更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。The mobile set output unit is further configured to output, by using unicast signaling, the second type of access point mobility set after the third update processing, so that the user terminal adopts the second type of the third update processing The inbound mobility set updates the configured first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  16. 根据权利要求11所述的基站,其特征在于,还包括:The base station according to claim 11, further comprising:
    第一移动集更新单元,用于在所述非授权频段区域中检测存在第一无线接 入点的位置更新信息,根据所述位置更新信息所指示的所述第一无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第四更新处理;a first mobile set update unit, configured to detect that the first wireless connection exists in the unlicensed frequency band region Location update information of the ingress, according to the location of the first wireless access point indicated by the location update information, the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access Point moving set to perform fourth update processing;
    移动集输出单元,还用于采用广播信令对第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端采用所述第四更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第四更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。The mobile set output unit is further configured to output, by using broadcast signaling, the first type of access point mobility set after the fourth update processing, or use the unicast signaling to the fourth type of access point after the fourth update processing The mobile set is outputted, so that the user terminal adopts the fourth type of access point move set after the fourth update process or the second type of access point move set after the fourth update process, and updates the configured The first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  17. 根据权利要求11所述的基站,其特征在于,还包括:The base station according to claim 11, further comprising:
    第二移动集更新单元,用于在所述非授权频段区域中检测存在第二无线接入点的接入信息,根据所述接入信息所指示的所述第二无线接入点的所处位置,对所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行第五更新处理;a second mobile set update unit, configured to detect, in the unlicensed frequency band region, access information of the second wireless access point, where the second wireless access point is indicated according to the access information Positioning, performing a fifth update process on the first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set;
    移动集输出单元,还用于采用广播信令对第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对第五更新处理后的第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出,以使用户终端采用所述第五更新处理后的第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二更新处理后的第五类型的接入点移动集,更新所配置的所述第一类型的接入点移动集或所述第二类型的接入点移动集。The mobile set output unit is further configured to output, by using broadcast signaling, the first type of access point mobility set after the fifth update processing or use the unicast signaling to the fifth type of access point after the fifth update processing The mobile set is outputted, so that the user terminal adopts the fifth type of access point move set after the fifth update process or the fifth type of access point move set after the second update process, and updates the configured The first type of access point mobility set or the second type of access point mobility set.
  18. 根据权利要求11所述的基站,其特征在于,还包括:The base station according to claim 11, further comprising:
    方式确定单元,用于获取用户终端的终端参数,并根据所述终端参数确定针对所述用户终端的信令传输方式,所述信令传输方式为广播信令的输出方式或单播信令的输出方式。a mode determining unit, configured to acquire a terminal parameter of the user terminal, and determine, according to the terminal parameter, a signaling transmission manner for the user terminal, where the signaling transmission mode is a broadcast signaling output manner or a unicast signaling manner. output method.
  19. 根据权利要求11所述的基站,其特征在于,还包括:The base station according to claim 11, further comprising:
    标识输出单元,用于在采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集进行输出或采用单播信令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集进行输出时,采用广播信令对所述第一类型的接入点移动集的第一移动集标识进行输出或采用单播信 令对所述第二类型的接入点移动集的第二移动集标识进行输出;And an identifier output unit, configured to use a broadcast signal when outputting the first type of access point mobility set by using broadcast signaling or outputting the second type of access point mobility set by using unicast signaling Outputting a first mobile set identifier for the first type of access point move set or using a unicast message Outputting a second mobile set identifier of the second type of access point move set;
    其中,所述第一移动集标识和第二移动集标识包含所述接入点移动集所属基站的基站标识。The first mobility set identifier and the second mobility set identifier include a base station identifier of a base station to which the access point mobility set belongs.
  20. 根据权利要求11所述的基站,其特征在于,还包括:The base station according to claim 11, further comprising:
    接入点信息接收单元,用于当所述用户终端在非授权频段区域中的多个无线接入点中,从源无线接入点切换至目标无线接入点时,接收所述用户终端发送的所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息;An access point information receiving unit, configured to: when the user terminal switches from a source wireless access point to a target wireless access point, among the multiple wireless access points in the unlicensed frequency band area, receive the user terminal to send Access point information of the target wireless access point;
    数据发送单元,用于将分流至所述源无线接入点的且属于所述用户终端的业务数据,按照所述目标无线接入点的接入点信息发送至所述目标无线接入点。 And a data sending unit, configured to send, to the target wireless access point, the service data that is offloaded to the source wireless access point and belongs to the user terminal, according to the access point information of the target wireless access point.
PCT/CN2016/108546 2015-12-30 2016-12-05 Method and base station for configuring wireless access point WO2017114096A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201511026126.7A CN105636133A (en) 2015-12-30 2015-12-30 Configuration method of wireless access points and base station
CN201511026126.7 2015-12-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017114096A1 true WO2017114096A1 (en) 2017-07-06

Family

ID=56050494

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2016/108546 WO2017114096A1 (en) 2015-12-30 2016-12-05 Method and base station for configuring wireless access point

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN105636133A (en)
WO (1) WO2017114096A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113473574A (en) * 2021-06-30 2021-10-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Wireless local area network connection method, device, storage medium and electronic equipment

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105636133A (en) * 2015-12-30 2016-06-01 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 Configuration method of wireless access points and base station
WO2019061039A1 (en) * 2017-09-26 2019-04-04 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Network switching method, terminal device, and network device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140199969A1 (en) * 2011-08-05 2014-07-17 Kerstin Johnsson Mobile device and method for cellular assisted device-to-device communication
CN104066154A (en) * 2013-03-21 2014-09-24 华为终端有限公司 Method for selecting wireless local area network (WLAN) service provider and WLAN, and user equipment (UE)
CN105636133A (en) * 2015-12-30 2016-06-01 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 Configuration method of wireless access points and base station
CN105636132A (en) * 2015-12-30 2016-06-01 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 Configuration method and system of wireless access point, base station, and user terminal
CN105657754A (en) * 2015-12-30 2016-06-08 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 Wireless access point configuration method and user terminal

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7417971B2 (en) * 2002-10-04 2008-08-26 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Method and apparatus for dormant mode support with paging
US8625538B2 (en) * 2007-11-13 2014-01-07 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for association control in mobile wireless networks
CN102448187B (en) * 2011-10-29 2015-10-07 华为终端有限公司 The method of automatic access Wi-Fi network and terminal
CN103582079A (en) * 2012-08-10 2014-02-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for joint transmission
KR102207484B1 (en) * 2013-08-30 2021-01-26 삼성전자 주식회사 Apparatus and method for providing multiple connections in wlan systems

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140199969A1 (en) * 2011-08-05 2014-07-17 Kerstin Johnsson Mobile device and method for cellular assisted device-to-device communication
CN104066154A (en) * 2013-03-21 2014-09-24 华为终端有限公司 Method for selecting wireless local area network (WLAN) service provider and WLAN, and user equipment (UE)
CN105636133A (en) * 2015-12-30 2016-06-01 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 Configuration method of wireless access points and base station
CN105636132A (en) * 2015-12-30 2016-06-01 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 Configuration method and system of wireless access point, base station, and user terminal
CN105657754A (en) * 2015-12-30 2016-06-08 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 Wireless access point configuration method and user terminal

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113473574A (en) * 2021-06-30 2021-10-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Wireless local area network connection method, device, storage medium and electronic equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN105636133A (en) 2016-06-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6571858B2 (en) COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, USER DEVICE, AND PROCESSOR
US10660018B2 (en) Device-to-device communication
US10555254B2 (en) Wireless network access control method, device and system
US8155681B2 (en) Base station, mobile station, and cell determination method
EP3338485B1 (en) User equipment, base station and associated methods
US9749933B2 (en) Dynamic network selection
WO2017114097A1 (en) Wireless access point configuration method and system, base station and user terminal thereof
US11122485B2 (en) Method and apparatus for mobility management
CN103460772A (en) Method and apparatus for sharing radio network infrastructure using carrier aggregation
JP2016517231A (en) Mobility optimization method, user device, and access network device
US20140295826A1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling traffic next generation mobile communication system
WO2017114057A1 (en) Network convergence preprocessing method, apparatus and system
JP2017506451A (en) Adaptive cutoff control method and apparatus for MO-SMS in wireless communication system
WO2016049806A1 (en) Distribution method and apparatus
WO2017114096A1 (en) Method and base station for configuring wireless access point
US11936589B2 (en) Systems and methods for customizing wireless communication beacons and transmitting wireless communication beacons
US9226210B1 (en) Use of fallback carrier load to manage fallback communication setup latency
US9706583B1 (en) Method and system for controlling operation of a user equipment device based on extent to which the user equipment device provides connectivity for at least one other device
JP2023520681A (en) Method for network guided WD cell reselection
CN112714405B (en) Cell selection method, device, equipment and computer readable storage medium
CN105657754A (en) Wireless access point configuration method and user terminal
WO2014113910A1 (en) Access information processing method, device and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16880886

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16880886

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1